[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025174174A1 - Relay communication support - Google Patents

Relay communication support

Info

Publication number
WO2025174174A1
WO2025174174A1 PCT/KR2025/099255 KR2025099255W WO2025174174A1 WO 2025174174 A1 WO2025174174 A1 WO 2025174174A1 KR 2025099255 W KR2025099255 W KR 2025099255W WO 2025174174 A1 WO2025174174 A1 WO 2025174174A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
relay
remote
ues
base station
hop
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/KR2025/099255
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
김석중
김래영
변대욱
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LG Electronics Inc
Original Assignee
LG Electronics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by LG Electronics Inc filed Critical LG Electronics Inc
Publication of WO2025174174A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025174174A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/12Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing based on transmission quality or channel quality
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/22Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing using selective relaying for reaching a BTS [Base Transceiver Station] or an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/34Modification of an existing route
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices

Definitions

  • 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE Long-Term Evolution is a technology designed to enable high-speed packet communications. Numerous approaches have been proposed to achieve LTE's goals of reducing costs for users and operators, improving service quality, expanding coverage, and increasing system capacity. 3GPP LTE's high-level requirements include reduced cost per bit, improved service availability, flexible use of frequency bands, a simple architecture, open interfaces, and adequate power consumption for terminals.
  • a method may include the steps of: receiving an RRC setup request message from a remote UE via a plurality of relay UEs including a first relay UE; transmitting the RRC setup message to the remote UE via the plurality of relay UEs; transmitting measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication to the remote UE via the plurality of relay UEs; and determining whether to switch a path of the first relay UE to a direct path, a multi-hop indirect path, or a single-hop indirect path based on a measurement result of the remote UE and a measurement result of each of the plurality of relay UEs.
  • Figure 1 illustrates an example of a communication system to which the implementation of this specification is applied.
  • Figure 2 illustrates an example of a wireless device to which the implementation of the present specification is applied.
  • Figure 3 shows an example of a UE to which the implementation of this specification is applied.
  • Figure 4 shows an example of a 5G system structure to which the implementation of this specification is applied.
  • Figure 5 illustrates an example of the architecture of a UE-to-Network Relay.
  • FIG. 6 is an example of a connection establishment procedure of a U2U remote UE according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • Figure 7 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model A.
  • Figure 8 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model B.
  • Figures 9a and 9b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the first example of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • Figures 10a and 10b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the second example of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • Figure 11 shows an example of a procedure according to the third example of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a procedure according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • a or B can mean “only A,” “only B,” or “both A and B.”
  • a or B can be interpreted as “A and/or B.”
  • A, B or C can mean “only A,” “only B,” “only C,” or "any combination of A, B and C.”
  • At least one of A and B may mean “only A,” “only B,” or “both A and B.” Additionally, in this specification, the expressions “at least one of A or B” or “at least one of A and/or B” may be interpreted identically to “at least one of A and B.”
  • At least one of A, B and C can mean “only A”, “only B”, “only C”, or “any combination of A, B and C”. Additionally, “at least one of A, B or C” or “at least one of A, B and/or C” can mean “at least one of A, B and C”.
  • Figure 1 illustrates an example of a communication system to which the implementation of this specification is applied.
  • the three main requirement categories for 5G are (1) enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), (2) massive machine type communication (mMTC), and (3) ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low latency communications
  • a communication system (1) includes wireless devices (100a to 100f), a base station (BS; 200), and a network (300).
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a 5G network as an example of a network of the communication system (1), but the implementation of the present disclosure is not limited to a 5G system and can be applied to future communication systems beyond the 5G system.
  • the base station (200) and the network (300) may be implemented as wireless devices, and a particular wireless device may operate as a base station/network node in relation to other wireless devices.
  • the wireless devices (100a to 100f) represent devices that perform communication using Radio Access Technology (RAT) (e.g., 5G NR or LTE) and may also be referred to as communication/wireless/5G devices.
  • RAT Radio Access Technology
  • the wireless devices (100a to 100f) may include, but are not limited to, a robot (100a), a vehicle (100b-1 and 100b-2), an extended reality (XR) device (100c), a portable device (100d), a home appliance (100e), an Internet-of-Things (IoT) device (100f), and an artificial intelligence (AI) device/server (400).
  • the vehicles may include vehicles having wireless communication capabilities, autonomous vehicles, and vehicles capable of performing vehicle-to-vehicle communication.
  • the vehicles may include unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) (e.g., drones).
  • UAVs unmanned aerial vehicles
  • XR devices may include AR (Augmented Reality)/VR (Virtual Reality)/MR (Mixed Reality) devices, and may be implemented in the form of HMD (Head-Mounted Device) and HUD (Head-Up Display) mounted on vehicles, televisions, smartphones, computers, wearable devices, home appliances, digital signs, vehicles, robots, etc.
  • Portable devices may include smartphones, smart pads, wearable devices (e.g., smart watches or smart glasses), and computers (e.g., laptops).
  • Home appliances may include TVs, refrigerators, and washing machines.
  • IoT devices may include sensors and smart meters.
  • Wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to a network (300) via a base station (200).
  • AI technology can be applied to the wireless devices (100a to 100f), and the wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to an AI server (400) via the network (300).
  • the network (300) can be configured using a 3G network, a 4G (e.g., LTE) network, a 5G (e.g., NR) network, and a network after 5G.
  • the wireless devices (100a to 100f) can communicate with each other via the base station (200)/network (300), but can also communicate directly (e.g., sidelink communication) without going through the base station (200)/network (300).
  • vehicles can communicate directly (e.g., vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V)/vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication).
  • IoT devices e.g., sensors
  • IoT devices can communicate directly with other IoT devices (e.g., sensors) or other wireless devices (100a to 100f).
  • Wireless communication/connection can be established between wireless devices (100a to 100f) and/or between wireless devices (100a to 100f) and a base station (200) and/or between base stations (200).
  • the wireless communication/connection can be established through various RATs (e.g., 5G NR), such as uplink/downlink communication (150a), sidelink communication (150b) (or, D2D (Device-To-Device) communication), and base station-to-base station communication (150c) (e.g., relay, IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul)).
  • 5G NR 5G NR
  • uplink/downlink communication 150a
  • sidelink communication 150b
  • D2D Device-To-Device
  • 150c base station-to-base station communication
  • relay IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul)
  • wireless communication/connection 150a, 150b, 150c
  • the wireless devices (100a to 100f) and the base station (200) can transmit/receive wireless signals to/from each other.
  • wireless communication/connection 150a, 150b, 150c
  • wireless communication/connection can transmit/receive signals through various physical channels.
  • various signal processing processes e.g., channel encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, resource mapping/demapping, etc.
  • resource allocation processes can be performed based on various proposals of the present specification.
  • NR supports multiple numerologies, or subcarrier spacings (SCS), to support diverse 5G services.
  • SCS subcarrier spacings
  • an SCS of 15 kHz supports wide areas in traditional cellular bands
  • an SCS of 30 kHz/60 kHz supports dense urban areas, lower latency, and wider carrier bandwidth
  • an SCS of 60 kHz or higher supports bandwidths greater than 24.25 GHz to overcome phase noise.
  • the NR frequency band can be defined by two types of frequency ranges (FR1 and FR2).
  • the numerical values of the frequency ranges can be changed.
  • the two types of frequency ranges can be as shown in Table 1 below.
  • FR1 can mean the "sub 6 GHz range”
  • FR2 can mean the "above 6 GHz range,” which can be called millimeter wave (mmW).
  • mmW millimeter wave
  • Frequency range definition Frequency range Subcarrier spacing FR1 450MHz - 6000MHz 15, 30, 60kHz FR2 24250MHz - 52600MHz 60, 120, 240kHz
  • FR1 may include a band from 410 MHz to 7125 MHz, as shown in Table 2 below. That is, FR1 may include frequency bands above 6 GHz (or 5850, 5900, 5925 MHz, etc.). For example, the frequency bands above 6 GHz (or 5850, 5900, 5925 MHz, etc.) included within FR1 may include unlicensed bands. Unlicensed bands may be used for various purposes, such as for communications for vehicles (e.g., autonomous driving).
  • Frequency range definition Frequency range Subcarrier spacing FR1 410MHz - 7125MHz 15, 30, 60kHz FR2 24250MHz - 52600MHz 60, 120, 240kHz
  • the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device of the present specification may include not only LTE, NR, and 6G, but also Narrowband IoT (NB-IoT) for low-power communication.
  • NB-IoT technology may be an example of LPWAN (Low Power Wide Area Network) technology and may be implemented with standards such as LTE Cat NB1 and/or LTE Cat NB2, and is not limited to the above-described names.
  • the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device of the present specification may perform communication based on LTE-M technology.
  • LTE-M technology may be an example of LPWAN technology and may be called by various names such as eMTC (enhanced MTC).
  • LTE-M technology can be implemented by at least one of various standards such as 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL (Non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE MTC, and/or 7) LTE M, and is not limited to the above-described names.
  • the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device of the present specification can include at least one of ZigBee, Bluetooth, and/or LPWAN considering low-power communication, and is not limited to the above-described names.
  • ZigBee technology can create PANs (Personal Area Networks) related to small/low-power digital communication based on various standards such as IEEE 802.15.4, and can be called by various names.
  • Figure 2 illustrates an example of a wireless device to which the implementation of the present specification is applied.
  • the first wireless device (100) and/or the second wireless device (200) may be implemented in various forms depending on the use case/service.
  • ⁇ the first wireless device (100) and the second wireless device (200) ⁇ may correspond to at least one of ⁇ the wireless devices (100a to 100f) and the base station (200) ⁇ , ⁇ the wireless devices (100a to 100f) and the wireless devices (100a to 100f) ⁇ , and/or ⁇ the base station (200) and the base station (200) ⁇ of FIG. 1.
  • the first wireless device (100) and/or the second wireless device (200) may be configured by various components, devices/parts, and/or modules.
  • the first wireless device (100) may include at least one transceiver, such as a transceiver (106), at least one processing chip, such as a processing chip (101), and/or one or more antennas (108).
  • a transceiver such as a transceiver (106)
  • a processing chip such as a processing chip (101)
  • antennas 108
  • the processing chip (101) may include at least one processor, such as a processor (102), and at least one memory, such as a memory (104). Additionally and/or alternatively, the memory (104) may be located external to the processing chip (101).
  • the processor (102) may control the memory (104) and/or the transceiver (106) and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the processor (102) may process information in the memory (104) to generate first information/signal and transmit a wireless signal including the first information/signal via the transceiver (106).
  • the processor (102) may receive a wireless signal including second information/signal via the transceiver (106) and store information obtained by processing the second information/signal in the memory (104).
  • a memory (104) may be operatively connected to the processor (102).
  • the memory (104) may store various types of information and/or instructions.
  • the memory (104) may store firmware and/or software code (105) that implements code, instructions and/or sets of instructions that, when executed by the processor (102), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the firmware and/or software code (105) may implement instructions that, when executed by the processor (102), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the firmware and/or software code (105) may control the processor (102) to perform one or more protocols.
  • the firmware and/or software code (105) may control the processor (102) to perform one or more air interface protocol layers.
  • the processor (102) and memory (104) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement a RAT (e.g., LTE or NR).
  • a transceiver (106) may be connected to the processor (102) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (108).
  • Each transceiver (106) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver.
  • the transceiver (106) may be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit.
  • the first wireless device (100) may represent a communication modem/circuit/chip.
  • the processing chip (201) may include at least one processor, such as a processor (202), and at least one memory, such as a memory (204). Additionally and/or alternatively, the memory (204) may be located external to the processing chip (201).
  • the processor (202) may control the memory (204) and/or the transceiver (206) and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the processor (202) may process information in the memory (204) to generate third information/signal and transmit a wireless signal including the third information/signal via the transceiver (206).
  • the processor (202) may receive a wireless signal including fourth information/signal via the transceiver (206) and store information obtained by processing the fourth information/signal in the memory (204).
  • a memory (204) may be operatively connected to the processor (202).
  • the memory (204) may store various types of information and/or instructions.
  • the memory (204) may store firmware and/or software code (205) that implements code, instructions and/or sets of instructions that, when executed by the processor (202), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the firmware and/or software code (205) may implement instructions that, when executed by the processor (202), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the firmware and/or software code (205) may control the processor (202) to perform one or more protocols.
  • the firmware and/or software code (205) may control the processor (202) to perform one or more air interface protocol layers.
  • the processor (202) and memory (204) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement a RAT (e.g., LTE or NR).
  • a transceiver (206) may be connected to the processor (202) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (208).
  • Each transceiver (206) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver.
  • the transceiver (206) may be used interchangeably with the RF unit.
  • the second wireless device (200) may represent a communication modem/circuit/chip.
  • one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors (102, 202).
  • one or more processors (102, 202) may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as a physical (PHY) layer, a Media Access Control (MAC) layer, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer, and a Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer).
  • layers e.g., functional layers such as a physical (PHY) layer, a Media Access Control (MAC) layer, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer, and a Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer).
  • PHY physical
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • SDAP Service Data Adapt
  • One or more processors (102, 202) may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs), one or more Service Data Units (SDUs), messages, control information, data, or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • One or more processors (102, 202) can generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) including PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein and provide the signals to one or more transceivers (106, 206).
  • One or more processors (102, 202) can receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers (106, 206) and obtain PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • signals e.g., baseband signals
  • the one or more processors (102, 202) may be referred to as a controller, a microcontroller, a microprocessor, and/or a microcomputer.
  • the one or more processors (102, 202) may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, and/or a combination thereof.
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSPs Digital Signal Processors
  • DSPDs Digital Signal Processing Devices
  • PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the one or more processors (102, 202) may be configured by a set of a communication control processor, an Application Processor (AP), an Electronic Control Unit (ECU), a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Graphic Processing Unit (GPU), and a Memory Control Processor.
  • One or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and may store various forms of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions and/or commands.
  • the one or more memories (104, 204) may be configured as random access memory (RAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), flash memory, volatile memory, non-volatile memory, hard drive, register, cache memory, computer readable storage media and/or combinations thereof.
  • RAM random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic RAM
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable ROM
  • flash memory volatile memory
  • non-volatile memory hard drive
  • register register, cache memory
  • computer readable storage media and/or combinations thereof may be located internally and/or externally to the one or more processors (102, 202).
  • the one or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to the one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) can transmit user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein to one or more other devices.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) can receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein from one or more other devices.
  • one or more transceivers (106, 206) can be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and can transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • one or more processors (102, 202) can control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to transmit user data, control information, wireless signals, etc., to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors (102, 202) may control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to receive user data, control information, wireless signals, etc. from one or more other devices.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may be coupled to one or more antennas (108, 208). Additionally and/or alternatively, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include one or more antennas (108, 208). One or more transceivers (106, 206) may be configured to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., as described in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein via one or more antennas (108, 208). In the present disclosure, one or more antennas (108, 208) may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (e.g., antenna ports).
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from RF band signals to baseband signals in order to process the received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. using one or more processors (102, 202).
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert processed user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from baseband signals to RF band signals using one or more processors (102, 202).
  • one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include an (analog) oscillator and/or a filter.
  • one or more transceivers (106, 206) may up-convert an OFDM baseband signal to an OFDM signal via an (analog) oscillator and/or filter under the control of one or more processors (102, 202) and transmit the up-converted OFDM signal at a carrier frequency.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may receive an OFDM signal at a carrier frequency and down-convert the OFDM signal to an OFDM baseband signal via an (analog) oscillator and/or filter under the control of one or more processors (102, 202).
  • the wireless device (100, 200) may further include additional components.
  • the additional components (140) may be configured in various ways depending on the type of the wireless device (100, 200).
  • the additional components (140) may include at least one of a power unit/battery, an input/output (I/O) device (e.g., an audio I/O port, a video I/O port), a driving device, and a computing device.
  • the additional components (140) may be connected to one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as a wired or wireless connection.
  • a UE can operate as a transmitter in the uplink and as a receiver in the downlink.
  • a base station can operate as a receiver in the UL and as a transmitter in the DL.
  • the first wireless device (100) operates as a UE
  • the second wireless device (200) operates as a base station.
  • a processor (102) connected to, mounted on, or released in the first wireless device (100) can be configured to perform UE operations according to the implementation of this specification or to control a transceiver (106) to perform UE operations according to the implementation of this specification.
  • a processor (202) connected to, mounted on, or released in the second wireless device (200) can be configured to perform base station operations according to the implementation of this specification or to control a transceiver (206) to perform base station operations according to the implementation of this specification.
  • a base station may be referred to as a Node B, an eNode B (eNB), or a gNB.
  • eNB eNode B
  • gNB gNode B
  • Figure 3 shows an example of a UE to which the implementation of this specification is applied.
  • the UE (100) can correspond to the first wireless device (100) of FIG. 2.
  • the UE (100) includes a processor (102), memory (104), a transceiver (106), one or more antennas (108), a power management module (141), a battery (142), a display (143), a keypad (144), a SIM (Subscriber Identification Module) card (145), a speaker (146), and a microphone (147).
  • a processor 102
  • memory 104
  • a transceiver 106
  • one or more antennas 108
  • a power management module 141
  • a battery 142
  • a display a keypad
  • SIM Subscriber Identification Module
  • the processor (102) may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the processor (102) may be configured to control one or more other components of the UE (100) to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • a layer of a radio interface protocol may be implemented in the processor (102).
  • the processor (102) may include an ASIC, other chipsets, logic circuits, and/or data processing devices.
  • the processor (102) may be an application processor.
  • the processor (102) may include at least one of a DSP, a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), and a modem (modulator and demodulator).
  • Memory (104) is operatively coupled to the processor (102) and stores various information for operating the processor (102).
  • Memory (104) may include ROM, RAM, flash memory, memory cards, storage media, and/or other storage devices.
  • modules e.g., procedures, functions, etc.
  • the modules may be stored in memory (104) and executed by the processor (102).
  • Memory (104) may be implemented within the processor (102) or external to the processor (102), in which case it may be communicatively coupled to the processor (102) via various methods known in the art.
  • a transceiver (106) is operably coupled to the processor (102) and transmits and/or receives a radio signal.
  • the transceiver (106) includes a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver (106) may include a baseband circuit for processing a radio frequency signal.
  • the transceiver (106) controls one or more antennas (108) to transmit and/or receive a radio signal.
  • the power management module (141) manages the power of the processor (102) and/or the transceiver (106).
  • the battery (142) supplies power to the power management module (141).
  • the display (143) outputs the results processed by the processor (102).
  • the keypad (144) receives input to be used by the processor (102).
  • the keypad (144) can be displayed on the display (143).
  • a SIM card (145) is an integrated circuit that securely stores an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) and associated keys, and is used to identify and authenticate subscribers in mobile devices such as mobile phones and computers. Additionally, many SIM cards can store contact information.
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • SIM cards can store contact information.
  • the speaker (146) outputs sound-related results processed by the processor (102).
  • the microphone (147) receives sound-related input to be used by the processor (102).
  • Figure 4 shows an example of a 5G system structure to which the implementation of this specification is applied.
  • the 5G system (5GS; 5G system) structure consists of the following network functions (NF; Network Function).
  • Data Network for example, operator services, Internet access, or third-party services.
  • Figure 4 illustrates the 5G system architecture for a non-roaming case using a reference point representation showing how various network functions interact with each other.
  • UDSF For clarity of the point-to-point diagram in Figure 4, UDSF, NEF, and NRF are not illustrated. However, all network functions shown can interact with UDSF, UDR, NEF, and NRF as needed.
  • the 5G system architecture includes the following benchmarks:
  • two NFs may need to be interconnected to serve a UE.
  • Figure 5 illustrates an example of the architecture of a UE-to-Network Relay.
  • UE-to-Network Relay supports network connection of a remote UE.
  • the PC5 link is the interface between the UE and the UE-to-network relay.
  • the Uu link is the interface between the UE-to-network relay and the base station.
  • a UE-to-Network Relay entity can provide network connectivity for remote UEs.
  • UE-to-Network Relay can be used for both public safety services and commercial services (e.g., interactive services).
  • the UE When a UE (e.g., a remote UE) successfully establishes a PC5 link to a UE-to-Network Relay, the UE (e.g., a remote UE) may be considered a Remote UE for that particular UE-to-Network Relay.
  • the Remote UE may be located within NG-RAN coverage or outside NG-RAN coverage.
  • a UE-to-Network Relay can relay unicast traffic (UL and DL traffic) between a remote UE and the network.
  • a UE-to-Network Relay must provide a general function capable of relaying all IP traffic.
  • one-to-one direct communication can be used.
  • FIG. 6 is an example of a connection establishment procedure of a U2U remote UE according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • An L2 U2U remote UE must establish an end-to-end SL-SRB (Signaling Radio Bearer)/DRB (Data Radio Bearer) with its peer L2 U2U remote UE before transmitting user plane data.
  • SL-SRB Signaling Radio Bearer
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • sidelink or SL is an example of terminal-to-terminal communication, and the scope of the disclosure of this specification is not limited by the terms sidelink or SL.
  • any other term related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be used instead of sidelink or SL in the disclosure of this specification.
  • a discovery procedure can be performed.
  • an L2 U2U remote UE, an L2 U2U relay UE, and a peer L2 U2U remote UE perform a discovery procedure or an integrated discovery procedure.
  • An L2 U2U remote UE can establish a PC5 connection with an L2 U2U relay UE.
  • an L2 U2U remote UE can establish/modify a PC5-RRC connection with a selected L2 U2U relay UE (e.g., as specified in TS 23.304 V18.0.0).
  • An L2 U2U relay UE can establish a PC5 connection with a peer L2 remote relay UE.
  • an L2 U2U relay UE can establish/modify a PC5-RRC connection with a peer L2 U2U remote UE (e.g., as specified in TS 23.304 V18.0.0).
  • the U2U relay UE can assign local IDs to the U2U remote UE and the peer U2U remote UE via an RRC reconfiguration message (e.g., RRCReconfigurationSidelink).
  • RRC reconfiguration message e.g., RRCReconfigurationSidelink
  • the L2 U2U relay UE can assign two local IDs, which can be conveyed to each L2 U2U remote UE via an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message.
  • one local ID identifies the L2 U2U remote UE, and the other local ID identifies the peer L2 U2U remote UE.
  • the L2 ID of the peer L2 U2U remote UE can also be conveyed to the U2U remote UE to create an association (e.g., association) between the local IDs and the L2 ID of the peer L2 U2U remote UE.
  • End-to-end PC5 connection establishment can be performed.
  • an L2 U2U remote UE can establish an end-to-end PC5-RRC connection with a peer L2 U2U remote UE via an L2 U2U relay UE.
  • fixed indices i.e., 0/1/2/3 are defined for end-to-end SL-SRB 0/1/2/3, respectively, and the designated PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration is used at each hop.
  • Sidelink UE functions can be exchanged between L2 U2U remote UEs via PC5-RRC (e.g., SL-SRB3) messages.
  • L2 U2U remote UE can send information related to end-to-end QoS to relay UE.
  • L2 U2U remote UE can send all QoS profiles for end-to-end QoS flow to L2 U2U relay UE via PC5-RRC.
  • L2 U2U relay UE can perform QoS split only for PDB.
  • U2U relay can transmit information related to split QoS to remote UE.
  • an L2 U2U relay UE can send a segmented QoS value (i.e., PDB) to an L2 U2U remote UE via a PC5-RRC message.
  • PDB segmented QoS value
  • End-to-end RRC reconfiguration related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be performed.
  • the L2 U2U remote UE or the serving gNB of the L2 U2U remote UE may derive PDCP and SDAP configurations for the end-to-end SL-DRB and provide some of the configurations related to reception to the peer L2 U2U remote UE using the end-to-end RRCRecfigurationSidelink message.
  • the end-to-end bearer IDs for the SL-SRB and SL-DRB may be used as inputs for L2 U2U relay encryption and decryption in PDCP.
  • RRC reconfiguration related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be performed.
  • the serving gNB of the L2 U2U remote UE or the L2 U2U remote UE may derive the first-hop configuration for the SL-DRB (e.g., PC5 relay RLC channel configuration) and provide the L2 U2U relay UE with the configuration related to reception on the first hop (i.e., Rx by the relay UE) using a hop-by-hop RRCReconfigurationSidelink message.
  • the serving gNB of the L2 U2U remote UE or the L2 U2U remote UE may derive the first-hop configuration for the SL-DRB (e.g., PC5 relay RLC channel configuration) and provide the L2 U2U relay UE with the configuration related to reception on the first hop (i.e., Rx by the relay UE) using a hop-by-hop RRCReconfigurationSidelink message.
  • the first-hop configuration for the SL-DRB e.g.
  • RRC reconfiguration related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be performed.
  • the serving gNB of the L2 U2U relay UE or the L2 U2U relay UE derives the second-hop configuration (e.g., PC5 relay RLC channel configuration) for each SL-DRB and provides the configuration related to receiving data packets at the second hop (i.e., RX of the peer remote UE) to the peer L2 U2U Remote UE using the hop-by-hop RRCRecfigurationSidelink message.
  • the second-hop configuration e.g., PC5 relay RLC channel configuration
  • the first hop may be related between a U2U remote UE and a U2U relay UE
  • the second hop may be related between a U2U relay UE and a peer U2U remote UE.
  • L2 U2U remote UE and peer L2 U2U remote UE can transmit and receive data through L2 U2U relay UE.
  • UE-to-Network Relay Discovery is applicable to both Layer 3 and Layer 2 UE-to-Network Relay Discovery for public safety and commercial services.
  • remote UEs and UE-to-Network Relays can be pre-configured or provisioned with relevant information as described in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.0.0 S5.1.
  • the UE can use preset or provisioned information for the relay discovery procedure.
  • a Relay Service Code is used in UE-to-Network Relay discovery and indicates the connection service that a UE-to-Network Relay provides to a Remote UE.
  • RSCs including dedicated RSCs for emergency services
  • the UE-to-Network Relay and the Remote UE can be aware of whether an RSC provides Layer-2 or Layer-3 UE-to-Network Relay services and whether it is an RSC for emergency services, according to the policies specified in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4.
  • a UE-to-Network Relay that supports multiple RSCs can advertise the RSCs using multiple discovery messages, one RSC per discovery message.
  • Additional information not directly used for discovery may be advertised using the PC5-D protocol stack as a single or separate discovery message of type "Relay Discovery Additional Information" as defined in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.8.3.1.
  • Model A discovery procedure examples of the Model A discovery procedure and the Model B discovery procedure are described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8.
  • Model A may be a unidirectional discovery procedure.
  • an "Announcing UE” may periodically broadcast a discovery message announcing its presence and available services.
  • a "Monitoring UE” that receives this message can utilize this information to establish direct communication with the "Announcing UE.”
  • Model B may be a two-way discovery procedure.
  • a "Discoverer UE” broadcasts a query message requesting a specific service, and the "Discoveree UE" that receives the message can announce its presence and service through a response message.
  • the Discoverer UE can locate a suitable Discoveree UE and establish direct communication.
  • Figure 7 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model A.
  • FIG. 7 is an example of a UE-to-Network discovery procedure using Model A.
  • the UE-to-Network relay can send a UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message.
  • the UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message can include a discovery message type, announcer information, and RSC.
  • the UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message can be sent based on the source layer-2 ID and the destination layer-2 ID.
  • the Layer 3 UE-to-Network relay may include the RSC in the UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message only if the S-NSSAI associated with the RSC belongs to the allowed NSSAIs of the UE-to-Network relay.
  • Remote UE1 to remote UE3 can determine a destination layer-2 ID for signal reception.
  • Remote UE1 to remote UE3 can monitor announcement messages based on the UE-to-Network RSC corresponding to the desired service.
  • the 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay may also send a Relay Discovery Additional Information message as defined in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S6.5.1.3.
  • the parameters included in this message and the source Layer-2 ID and destination Layer-2 ID used to send and receive the message are described in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 Section 5.8.3.
  • the remote UE can select a UE-to-Network relay based on the information received in step 1.
  • Figure 8 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model B.
  • FIG. 8 is an example of a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure using Model B.
  • a remote UE may send a UE-to-Network Relay Discovery Request message.
  • the 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Discovery Request message includes a Discovery message type, discoverer information, an RSC, and optionally, target information, and may be sent using the source layer-2 ID and target layer-2 ID described in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.8.3.
  • a remote UE that wishes to discover a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay may send a request message including an RSC associated with the desired connection service.
  • the RSC may be based on policies/parameters specified in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4.1.
  • the 5G ProSe UE-to-network relay may respond to the 5G ProSe remote UE with a UE-to-network relay discovery response message.
  • the 5G ProSe UE-to-network relay discovery response message includes a discovery message type, discovery (discoveree) information, and RSC, and may be transmitted using a source layer-2 ID and a target layer-2 ID.
  • a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay can respond to the matching RSC in the UE-to-Network Relay Discovery Request message only if the S-NSSAI associated with the RSC belongs to the allowed NSSAI of the 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay.
  • the 5G ProSe remote UE can select a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay based on the information received in step 2.
  • Multi-hop support is needed for UE-to-network relay and/or UE-to-UE relay.
  • NR SL multi-hop relay operation needs to be supported.
  • L2 U2N SL Relay (only single indirect U2N path via SL Relay UE is supported) needs to be discussed.
  • a forward-compatible solution needs to be discussed to support two additional hop relays and allow for future expansion of additional relays.
  • a method has been discussed to support U2N Relay, in which a Remote UE accesses a base station via a Relay UE to receive services. Furthermore, a method has been discussed to support Multi-path Relay, in which a Remote UE receives services from the network via a direct path using a Uu link with a base station and an indirect path using a PC5 link with a Relay UE. Furthermore, a method has been discussed to support U2U Relay, in which a Remote UE connects to another Remote UE via a Relay UE.
  • the relay-related scheme only considers a single hop situation, so there is a problem that the coverage extension of the remote UE is limited according to the prior art.
  • path switching may include switching from a multi-hop relay situation to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path, or vice versa.
  • path switching from a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path, or from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path may be supported.
  • a method for setting/assigning a measurement configuration to a U2N Remote UE to support path switching may be described.
  • a U2N Remote UE can measure the link quality of each PC5 link through a discovery process or communication procedure with each U2N Relay UE involved in a multi-hop indirect path.
  • the U2N Remote UE can report measurement results, including the measured link quality for each PC5 link, to the base station.
  • the base station can decide to switch to a new multi-hop indirect path based on the measurement results.
  • the base station can allocate/configure the information required to create a new multi-hop indirect path (e.g., mapping/routing information to the egress PC5/Uu Relay RLC channel for a specific bearer, PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration information, Local IDs for U2N Remote UE and Last hop U2N Relay, etc.).
  • egress may refer to the direction going out from a node (e.g., a remote UE or a relay UE), and ingress may refer to the direction coming into a node (e.g., a remote UE or a relay UE).
  • the egress PC5/Uu Relay RLC channel may refer to an RLC channel used by a specific relay/remote UE on the transmitting side when transmitting a signal to another relay UE/remote UE.
  • UE User Equipment
  • terminal are used as terms with the same meaning.
  • UE-to-Network Relay ProSe UE-to-Network Relay, Relay, Relay UE, UE-NW Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-NW Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay UE, U2N Relay, U2N Relay UE, etc. are used with the same meaning.
  • Remote UE 5G Remote UE, 5G ProSe Remote UE, U2N Remote UE, etc. are used as terms with the same meaning.
  • a UE that is not a UE-to-Network Relay may be referred to as a Remote UE or simply as a UE.
  • a U2N Relay located on a path between a Remote UE and a U2N Relay directly connected to a base station may be referred to as an Intermediate U2N Relay.
  • the description related to U2N (UE-to-Network) Relay is written based on Layer-2 U2N Relay, but this is only an example.
  • the description related to U2N Relay according to various examples in this specification can be applied to all types of UE-to-Network Relay (e.g., Layer-2 UE-to-Network Relay, Layer-3 UE-to-Network Relay).
  • PC5 connection may be used as a term with the same meaning as PC5 unicast link, Sidelink unicast link, unicast link, unicast connection, etc.
  • the method for supporting multi-hop UE-to-network relaying proposed in various examples of the disclosure of this specification may be composed of a combination of one or more of the operations/configurations/steps described below.
  • new NG messages may be defined and used for some NG messages. Additionally, for some RRC messages between NG-RAN and UE described below, new RRC messages may be defined and used.
  • a remote UE may perform an RRC connection establishment procedure with a base station via a relay UE.
  • the remote UE may transmit an RRC setup request message via the relay UE and receive an RRC setup message from the base station via the relay UE.
  • U2N Relay UE#3 e.g., 3-hop U2N Relay UE
  • a 2-hop or more hop U2N Relay UE i.e., an intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE
  • Figures 9a and 9b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the first example of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • FIGS. 9a and 9b an example of a procedure for path switching from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path is described.
  • Step 0 Assume that the U2N Remote UE is connected to the base station via U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3. Therefore, the U2N Remote UE can transmit or receive UL/DL data via U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3.
  • Step 1 The base station (e.g., NG-RAN) can transmit measurement settings to the U2N remote UE.
  • the U2N remote UE can perform measurements based on the measurement settings and report the measurement results to the base station.
  • the U2N Remote UE can perform measurement (Step 1b), and then report the measurement results to the base station (Step 1c).
  • Step 1 may include steps 1a to 1c. Steps 1a to 1c are described below.
  • Step 1a The base station can set/assign a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE to support connected mode mobility of the U2N Remote UE.
  • the base station can transmit the measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE.
  • step 1a one or more of the following A to E may be used as a method to continuously check the link quality of the PC5 connection between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1:
  • the base station of the U2N Remote UE can transmit the measurement configuration for relays (e.g., U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3) that are not directly connected to the base station to the remote UE.
  • the base station of the U2N Remote UE can configure/assign the measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 and U2N Relay UE#3 together in the process of configuring/assigning the measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE.
  • the base station can transmit the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#3 that it configures/assigns to the U2N Remote UE.
  • the U2N Remote UE can transmit the measurement configuration to each U2N Relay UE by transmitting an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the remote UE can transmit the measurement configuration for the U2N Relay UE#2 through the U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the U2N Remote UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#3, the U2N Relay UE#3 can receive the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#3 and transmit the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#2 to the U2N Relay UE#2.
  • a U2N Remote UE can also directly configure/assign measurement configurations for relays that are not directly connected to a base station (e.g., U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3). For example, if a base station of a U2N Remote UE configures/assigns a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE, the U2N Remote UE can directly configure/assign a measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 and a measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#3 based on the measurement configuration.
  • a base station of a U2N Remote UE configures/assigns a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE
  • the U2N Remote UE can directly configure/assign a measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 and a measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#3 based on the measurement configuration.
  • the U2N Remote UE can deliver the measurement configurations to each U2N Relay UE by transmitting an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement configurations of U2N Relay UE#2 and U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the Remote UE can deliver the measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 through U2N Relay UE#3.
  • U2N Remote UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#3
  • U2N Relay UE#3 can receive the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#3 and transmit the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#2 to U2N Relay UE#2.
  • U2N Relay UE#2 and/or U2N Relay UE#3 may be in RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • U2N Relay UE#2 and/or U2N Relay UE#3 may receive measurement configurations through their respective base stations to which they are currently RRC connected. For example, each base station may allocate/configure measurement configurations for the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#3 and U2N Relay UE#2 (i.e., the second PC5 connection) and/or the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#2 and U2N Relay UE#1 (i.e., the third PC5 connection).
  • U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 may forward some or all of the following information to the corresponding base station for the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 pair:
  • U2N Relay UEs located between the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 pair (e.g., L2 ID(s) for each U2N Relay UE(s), etc.)
  • the base station of each U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 or the base station of the U2N Remote UE may transmit measurement configuration information via SIB.
  • the measurement configuration information may be (pre-)configured within the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state.
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 may store the measurement configuration information most recently allocated by the base station, and then the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 may continue to use the stored measurement configuration.
  • the threshold configuration for operating as a U2N Relay UE as defined in TS 38.331 V18.0.0 may be used, for example, SL-RelayUE-Config and/or SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U may be used.
  • a separate threshold configuration may be defined for Multi-hop U2N Relay operation to distinguish it from the existing Single-hop U2U Relay operation or Single-hop U2N Relay operation.
  • - SL-RelayUE-Config may contain configuration information of the NR sidelink U2N relay UE.
  • SL-RelayUE-Config-r17:: SEQUENCE ⁇ threshHighRelay-r17 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R threshLowRelay-r17 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R hystMaxRelay-r17 Hysteresis OPTIONAL, -- Cond ThreshHighRelay hystMinRelay-r17 Hysteresis OPTIONAL -- Cond ThreshLowRelay ⁇ -- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
  • Table 3 is an example of the SL-RelayUE-Config information element.
  • SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U may contain configuration information of an NR sidelink U2U relay UE.
  • SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U-r18 SEQUENCE ⁇ sl-RSRP-Thresh-DiscConfig-r18 SL-RSRP-Range-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-hystMaxRelay-r18 Hysteresis OPTIONAL, -- Cond SL-RSRP-ThreshRelay sd-RSRP-Thresh-DiscConfig-r18 SL-RSRP-Range-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sd-hystMaxRelay-r18 Hysteresis OPTIONAL -- Cond SD-RSRP-ThreshRelay ⁇ -- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIGU2U-STOP -- ASN1STOP
  • Table 4 is an example of the SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U information element.
  • Step 1b U2N Remote UE can perform measurements.
  • U2N Relay UE#2 and/or U2N Relay UE#3 can perform measurements.
  • a U2N Remote UE can perform measurements for a direct path and measurements for an indirect path.
  • a U2N Remote UE can perform measurements for a Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected to the Uu cell of the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or neighboring base stations, and measurements for a Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or neighboring base stations through neighboring U2N Relay UEs (i.e., indirect path).
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may perform measurements. For example, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may perform measurements based on the Measurement configuration information obtained based on one or more of the methods A to E of Step 1a.
  • Step 1b measurements described in Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2 of the examples of FIGS. 10a and 10b may be performed.
  • measurements may also be performed on multiple PC5 links involved in multi-hop relay operation for path switching to a multi-hop indirect path using multiple candidate U2N Relay UEs.
  • Step 1c If one or more of the following events occur, the U2N Remote UE may notify the base station of the event and/or measurement result:
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may notify the U2N Remote UE of an event where the link quality of the PC5 connection between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2 (e.g., the second PC5 connection) and/or the PC5 connection between the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1 (e.g., the third PC5 connection) falls below the threshold value in the measurement configuration via the RRCReconfigurationSidelink message.
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may notify the U2N Remote UE of the identifier of the U2N Relay UE where the event occurred (e.g., L2 ID), information about the PC5 connection where the event occurred (e.g., ID for PC5 link, link quality, etc.).
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may always notify the U2N Remote UE of the quality value for the PC5 link regardless of the event II).
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may directly notify the base station through the U2N Relay UE#1.
  • the measurement results reported by the U2N Remote UE to the base station may include one or more of the following (a) to (d):
  • (b) link quality for Uu/PC5 link(s) (i.e., indirect path) that can be connected to the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or the surrounding base station through the surrounding U2N Relay UE, the serving cell ID of the U2N Relay UE, the gNB ID of the serving base station of the U2N Relay UE, and/or the identifier for the U2N Relay UE (e.g., L2 ID), etc.
  • Step 2 The base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) can decide the path switching of the remote UE.
  • the base station e.g., NG-RAN#1
  • NG-RAN#1 can decide the path switching of the remote UE.
  • the base station may decide to switch (e.g., intra-gNB path switching) the path of the U2N Remote UE to a direct path through the Uu cell of the base station (i.e., NG-RAN#1) or a single hop indirect path (e.g., an indirect path that can be connected to NG-RAN#1) through the Target U2N Relay UE based on the measurement results received in Step 1.
  • the Target U2N Relay UE may be U2N Relay UE#1 to U2N Relay UE#3 that were involved in the multi-hop relay operation, or may be a new U2N Relay UE#4.
  • a base station may decide to switch the path of a U2N Remote UE to a direct path via a Uu cell of another base station (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby or to a single hop indirect path via a Target U2N Relay UE (which may be connected to NG-RAN#2) (i.e., inter-gNB path switching).
  • the Source NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may determine the path type (e.g., direct path or indirect path) that the U2N Remote UE should use to the Target NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#2) and may transmit a HANDOVER REQUEST message including the path type to the Target NG-RAN.
  • the Target NG-RAN may also determine whether to use a single hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path during the process of selecting a Target U2N Relay.
  • the Source NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path.
  • the Source NG-RAN may also forward the measurement results received in Step 1 to the Target NG-RAN.
  • Step 3 If the base station determines indirect path switching to the target U2N Relay UE in Step 2, and the target U2N Relay UE is in RRC_CONNECTED state, the base station may perform an RRC reconfiguration procedure with the target U2N Relay UE. For example, through the RRC Reconfiguration procedure, the base station may transmit information required for the target U2N Relay UE to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., local ID and L2 ID for the U2N Remote UE, Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.) to the target U2N Relay UE. If the target U2N Relay UE is in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, the operation according to Step 3 may be performed in Step 6b.
  • the target U2N Relay UE is in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, the operation according to Step 3 may
  • the local ID for the U2N Remote UE may be newly allocated/configured by the base station, or the local ID allocated/configured by the base station or U2N Relay UE#1 to U2N Relay UE#3 during the process of setting up/assigning 3-hop relay operation (i.e., before Step 0) may be reused.
  • Step 4 The base station may transmit an RRCReconfiguration message containing path switching settings to the remote UE.
  • the base station may transmit an RRCReconfiguration message containing information (e.g., path switch configuration) necessary to perform switching to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to the U2N Remote UE via U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the path switching configuration may include some or all of the following information i to ii:
  • L2 ID of the target U2N Relay UE In case of switching to a single-hop indirect path, L2 ID of the target U2N Relay UE, serving cell ID of the target U2N Relay UE, local ID for the U2N Remote UE, PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration, etc.
  • steps 5a and 6a may be performed.
  • steps 5b and 6b may be performed.
  • Step 5a If switching to a direct path, the U2N Remote UE can perform random access to the base station via the Uu cell. For example, the U2N Remote UE can transmit a random access preamble to the base station. The base station can then transmit a response message related to the random access to the U2N Remote UE.
  • Step 6a To finalize the path switching procedure, the U2N Remote UE may send an RRC Reconfiguration Complete (e.g., RRCReconfigurationComplete) message to the base station.
  • RRC Reconfiguration Complete e.g., RRCReconfigurationComplete
  • Step 5b In case of switching to a single hop indirect path, the U2N Remote UE can create a PC5 connection with the Target U2N Relay UE or, if an existing PC5 connection with the Target U2N Relay UE exists, update the existing PC5 connection.
  • Step 6b To finalize the path switching procedure, the U2N Remote UE can send an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the base station through the Target U2N Relay UE.
  • Step 7 The base station can perform an RRC reconfiguration procedure with U2N Relay UE#1.
  • the base station may perform an RRC Reconfiguration process to release information used by the U2N Relay UE#1 to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.).
  • the base station may perform an RRC Reconfiguration process to release information used by the U2N Relay UE#1 to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.).
  • step 7 is illustrated as being performed after step 6a or step 6b, but this is merely an example. Step 7 may be performed at any point after step 4. If switching to a single-hop indirect path is performed and the target U2N Relay UE is U2N Relay UE#1, step 7 may be omitted.
  • Step 8 U2N Relay UE#1 or U2N Remote UE can release the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#1 and U2N Remote UE. If the target U2N Relay UE is U2N Relay UE#3 and switching to a single-hop indirect path is performed, Step 8 may be omitted.
  • the PC5 connection may be released through signaling exchange between UEs or may be released locally. The description related to releasing the PC5 connection may be applied throughout this specification.
  • Step 9a In the case of direct path switching (i.e., Step 9a), the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station via the base station's Uu cell. Therefore, UL/DL data related to the U2N Remote UE can be transmitted to or received from the base station via the Uu cell.
  • Step 9b In the case of indirect path switching (i.e., Step 9b), the U2N Remote UE can be connected to the base station via the Target U2N Relay UE. Therefore, UL/DL data related to the U2N Remote UE can be transmitted to or received from the base station via the Target U2N Relay UE.
  • path switching from a direct path (or a single-hop indirect path) to a multi-hop indirect path can be performed.
  • U2N Relay UE#3 i.e., 3-hop U2N Relay UE
  • U2N Relay UEs of 2-hop or more hops i.e., intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE
  • Figures 10a and 10b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the second example of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B are examples of procedures involved in route switching from a direct route (or a single-hop indirect route) to a multi-hop indirect route.
  • Step 0 In the case of a direct path (i.e., Step 0a), the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station via the Uu cell of the base station. In this case, the U2N Remote UE can transmit or receive UL/DL data via the Uu cell.
  • Step 0b In the case of a single-hop indirect path (i.e., Step 0b), the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station via U2N Relay UE#4. In this case, the U2N Remote UE can transmit or receive UL/DL data via U2N Relay UE#4.
  • Step 1 The base station can set/allocate the measurement configuration (Step 1a-1 or Step 1b-1).
  • the U2N Remote UE can perform measurements (Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2) based on the measurement configuration.
  • the U2N Remote UE can report the measurement results to the base station (Step 1a-3 or Step 1b-3).
  • the base station can set/assign a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE to support connected mode mobility of the U2N Remote UE.
  • the base station can transmit the measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE.
  • the U2N Remote UE can perform measurements on the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or on the Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected via the Uu cell of a neighboring base station.
  • the U2N Remote UE can perform measurements on the serving U2N Relay UE and/or on the Uu/PC5 link(s) of the indirect path that can be connected to the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or the neighboring base station via a neighboring U2N Relay UE (i.e., indirect path).
  • the U2N Remote UE can also perform measurements on multiple PC5 links involved in the multi-hop relay operation.
  • the U2N Remote UE can obtain quality information for each PC5 link through the Multi-hop Relay Discovery or Multi-hop Relay Communication procedure that the U2N Remote UE has previously executed/performed.
  • the U2N Remote UE can obtain quality information for each PC5 link through the currently created/formed U2U Relay communication or Multi-hop Relay Communication.
  • the U2N Remote UE can acquire quality information of each PC5 link by performing a relay discovery process for a new multi-hop relay operation, as shown in the example below.
  • Relay discovery-related operations such as those shown in the example below, may also be performed by the U2N Remote UE based on an explicit indication included in the measurement configuration of the base station.
  • the U2N Remote UE may determine on its own whether to perform relay discovery-related operations based on the measurement configuration.
  • U2N Relay UE#2 identifies a U2N Relay UE located nearby (e.g., through a previously executed/performed Multi-hop Relay Discovery or Multi-hop Relay Communication procedure or through a Relay Discovery Announcement message transmitted by a nearby U2N Relay UE) and measures/measures the link quality on the PC5 link with the U2N Relay UE.
  • a U2N Relay UE located nearby e.g., through a previously executed/performed Multi-hop Relay Discovery or Multi-hop Relay Communication procedure or through a Relay Discovery Announcement message transmitted by a nearby U2N Relay UE.
  • U2N Relay UE#2 may transmit a Relay Discovery Announcement message including the L2 ID of the nearby relay UE and quality information of the PC5 link between the nearby relay and U2N Relay UE#2 to nearby U2N relay UEs (e.g., U2N Relay UE#1 and U2N Relay UE#3).
  • a Relay Discovery Announcement message including the L2 ID of the nearby relay UE and quality information of the PC5 link between the nearby relay and U2N Relay UE#2 to nearby U2N relay UEs (e.g., U2N Relay UE#1 and U2N Relay UE#3).
  • a relay discovery announcement message transmitted by a U2N relay UE may include an L2 ID of a U2N Relay UE#1 and/or an L2 ID of a U2N Relay UE#3, quality information of a PC5 link between a U2N Relay UE#1 and a U2N Relay UE#2, and/or quality information of a PC5 link to a U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the U2N Relay UE#3 forwards a Relay Discovery Announcement message including identifiers (e.g., L2 IDs) of U2N Relay UE(s) located nearby, quality information of a PC5 link between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the corresponding U2N Relay UE, and information received from the U2N Relay UE#2 to neighboring nodes (e.g., other relay UEs and/or remote UEs).
  • a U2N Remote UE may receive a Discovery Announcement message from a U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the U2N Remote UE can determine that the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station through U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3, and can obtain current link quality information on each PC5 link.
  • the existing input parameters used/transmitted in the Relay discovery with Model A process please refer to TS 23.304.
  • relay UE and/or remote UE may additionally exchange/transmit some or all of the following information during the discovery process.
  • U2N Relay UE lists base stations that can directly provide Uu link (or network connection service) and/or information indicating the current Uu link quality and/or availability of Uu link with the base station and/or information indicating that the UE can directly provide network connection service.
  • each U2N Relay UE may include the A information and/or the B information in the Relay Discovery Announcement message.
  • a U2N Remote UE can send a Relay Discovery Solicitation message for a new multi-hop relay operation to U2N Relay UE#3.
  • U2N Relay UE#3 can then send the Relay Discovery Solicitation message and the U2N Remote UE's request together to U2N Relay UE#2.
  • the U2N Relay UE#2 can transmit a Relay Discovery Solicitation message to the U2N Relay UE#1 and receive a Relay Discovery Response message from the U2N Relay UE#1. Then, the U2N Relay UE#2 can measure the link quality of the PC5 link between the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1 and transmit a Relay Discovery Response message including the measurement result to the U2N Relay UE#3.
  • the U2N Relay UE#3 can measure the link quality of the PC5 link between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2.
  • the Relay UE#3 can transmit to the U2N Remote UE the Relay Discovery Response message including the PC5 link quality information between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2 and the PC5 link quality information between the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1.
  • relay UE and/or remote UE may additionally exchange/transmit some or all of the following information during the discovery process.
  • a Relay Discovery Solicitation message containing information such as a list of base stations to which the U2N Remote UE wishes to connect via a multi-hop relay operation may be transmitted.
  • each U2N Relay UE may also include an indication in the Relay Discovery Response message indicating whether it can provide a Uu link to the corresponding base station.
  • each U2N Relay UE may include the A information and/or the B information in the Relay Discovery Announcement message.
  • Step 1a-3 or Step 1b-3 If any or all of the following events occur, the U2N Remote UE may notify the base station of the events and/or measurement results:
  • the link quality of the Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected via the Uu cell of the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or surrounding base stations, excluding the current serving Uu cell, and/or the link quality of the Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or surrounding base stations via surrounding U2N Relay UEs (i.e., indirect path) is greater than/higher/better than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.
  • the link quality for the Uu link i.e., direct path
  • the link quality for the Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the serving base station and/or neighboring base stations of the U2N Remote UE via neighboring U2N Relay UEs, excluding the current serving U2N Relay UE i.e., indirect path
  • the current serving U2N Relay UE i.e., indirect path
  • Step 1a-2 If the link quality of the PC5 connections between the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 discovered through Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2 is greater than/higher/better than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.
  • a U2N Remote UE can report measurement results to the base station, including some or all of the following:
  • Step 2 The base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to a 3-hop indirect path that can connect to NG-RAN#1 based on the measurement results received in Step 1 (i.e., intra-gNB path switching).
  • the 3-hop indirect path may be an indirect path through Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3.
  • Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, or Target U2N Relay UE#3 may be U2N Relay UE#4 that was involved in the existing single-hop relay operation, or may be a new U2N Relay UE.
  • the base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to a 3-hop indirect path via Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3, which may connect to another base station (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby (i.e., inter-gNB path switching).
  • NG-RAN#1 may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to a 3-hop indirect path via Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3, which may connect to another base station (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby (i.e., inter-gNB path switching).
  • the Source NG-RAN i.e., NG-RAN#1
  • the path type e.g., direct path or indirect path
  • the U2N Remote UE should use to the Target NG-RAN (i.e., NG-RAN#2) and transmit a HANDOVER REQUEST message including the path type to the Remote UE.
  • the target NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path during the process of selecting the target U2N Relay.
  • the source NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path.
  • the source NG-RAN may also forward the measurement results received in Step 1 to the target NG-RAN.
  • Step 3 The base station can decide to switch the indirect path to a 3-hop indirect path through Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3 in Step 2.
  • the base station can transfer the information required for Target U2N Relay UE#1 to serve U2N Remote UE (e.g., local ID and L2 ID for U2N Remote UE, Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.) to Target U2N Relay UE#1 through RRC Reconfiguration process.
  • U2N Remote UE e.g., local ID and L2 ID for U2N Remote UE, Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.
  • Step 3 can be performed in Step 6.
  • the local ID for the U2N Remote UE may be newly allocated/configured by the base station, or the local ID allocated/configured by the base station during the process of setting up/allocating single-hop relay operation (e.g., before Step 0b) may be reused.
  • the local ID for the U2N Relay UE#1 may be allocated/configured by the base station and passed on to the U2N Relay UE#1, or may be allocated/configured by the U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, or U2N Relay UE#3 during Step 5.
  • the base station may include the information (e.g., path switch configuration) required to switch to the 3-hop indirect path via Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3 in the RRCReconfiguration message and transmit it to the U2N Remote UE via the direct path (Step 4a) or via U2N Relay UE#4 (Step 4b).
  • the path switch configuration may include some or all of the following information:
  • mapping/routing information to be used by U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#1 in each PC5 connection (e.g., first PC5 connection, second PC5 connection, third PC5 connection) between U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1, respectively.
  • the mapping/routing information may be information for mapping/routing each SRAP Data PDU belonging to an SRB and DRB to a specific egress PC5 Relay RLC channel.
  • this information may be information for mapping/routing a specific ingress PC5 Relay RLC channel to an egress PC5 Relay RLC channel for each SRB and DRB.
  • PC5 connection i.e., first PC5 connection, second PC5 connection, third PC5 connection
  • iv. Local ID pair to be used in PC5 connection between U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 e.g., local ID for U2N Remote UE and local ID for U2N Relay UE#1 to be included in SRAP header.
  • the local ID allocated/configured by the base station in the process of configuring/allocating single-hop relay operation may be reused.
  • the base station may newly allocate/configure the local ID information of the U2N Remote UE for 3-hop relay operation.
  • the local ID for the U2N Relay UE#1 may be included in the path switch configuration if allocated/configured by the base station in Step 3, and the U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, or U2N Relay UE#3 may allocate/configure the path switch configuration in Step 5.
  • Information related to the Second PC5 connection and/or the Third PC5 connection may be received by the U2N Remote UE or the Target U2N Relay UE#1 in Step 3 or Step 4.
  • the U2N Remote UE or the Target U2N Relay UE#1 may also transmit an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message containing information related to the Second PC5 connection and/or the Third PC5 connection to the Target U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the Target U2N Relay UE#3.
  • Step 5 U2N Remote UE can create an end-to-end PC5 connection with U2N Relay UE#1 via U2N Relay UE#3 and U2N Relay UE#2, or update an existing PC5 connection, using Clause 16.12.7 procedure of TS 38.300 V18.0.0 or based on a separately defined PC5 connection creation procedure for multi-hop relay.
  • the PC5 unicast link may be formed between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE in various ways.
  • the PC5 unicast link may be formed hop-by-hop (e.g., the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#3 form a PC5 unicast link, the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2 form a PC5 unicast link, the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1 form a PC5 unicast link).
  • the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1 may form an end-to-end PC5 unicast link. This can be applied throughout the present specification.
  • Step 6 To finalize the path switching procedure, the U2N Remote UE can send an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the base station through U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#1.
  • steps 7a and 7b may be performed when switching from a single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path.
  • Step 7a In case of switching from a single-hop indirect path to a 3-hop indirect path, the base station may perform an RRC Reconfiguration process to release information used by the U2N Relay UE#4 to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.).
  • Step 7a may be executed at any time after Step 4. If the switching is to a 3-hop indirect path including the U2N Relay UE#4, Step 7a may be omitted.
  • Step 7b U2N Relay UE#4 or U2N Remote UE can release the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#4 and U2N Remote UE. If the Target U2N Relay UE#3 of the 3-hop indirect path is the same as U2N Relay UE#4, Step 7b may be omitted.
  • Step 8 The U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station through U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3. Therefore, the U2N Remote UE can transmit UL/DL data to the base station or receive it from the base station through U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3.
  • path switching from a multi-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path can be performed.
  • U2N Relay UE#3 i.e., a 3-hop U2N Relay UE
  • a 2-hop or more hop U2N Relay UE i.e., an intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE
  • Figure 11 shows an example of a procedure according to the third example of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • Figure 11 is an example of a procedure involved in route switching from a multi-hop indirect route to a multi-hop indirect route.
  • Step 0 ⁇ 1 Can be performed in the same manner as steps 0 ⁇ 1 of Figs. 9a and 9b.
  • Step 2 The base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) can decide to switch paths.
  • the base station e.g., NG-RAN#1
  • the base station may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to an n-hop indirect path via n Target U2N Relay UEs (that can be connected to NG-RAN#1) based on the measurement results received in Step 1 (i.e., intra-gNB path switching).
  • the Target U2N Relay UEs may be U2N Relay UE#1 to U2N Relay UE#3 that were involved in the multi-hop relay operation, or may be new U2N Relay UEs.
  • a base station may decide to switch the path of a U2N Remote UE to an n-hop indirect path via n Target U2N Relays that may be connected to other base stations (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby (i.e., inter-gNB path switching).
  • the Source NG-RAN e.g., NG-RAN#1
  • the Path type i.e., direct path or indirect path
  • the U2N Remote UE should use to the Target NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#2) and may transmit a HANDOVER REQUEST message including the path type to the Remote UE.
  • the Target NG-RAN may also determine whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path during the process of selecting a Target U2N Relay.
  • the Source NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path.
  • the Source NG-RAN may also forward the measurement results received in Step 1 to the Target NG-RAN.
  • Fig. 11 assumes the case of intra-gNB path switching, and assumes switching from a 3-hop indirect path to an n-hop indirect path.
  • Step 3 The base station may decide to indirect path switching to an n-hop indirect path through n Target U2N Relay UEs in Step 2.
  • the Target n-hop U2N Relay UE e.g., a U2N Relay UE directly connected to the base station, or a Last hop U2N Relay UE
  • the base station may transmit information required for the n-hop U2N Relay UE to serve the U2N Remote UE to the Target n-hop U2N Relay UE through an RRC Reconfiguration process.
  • the information required for the n-hop U2N Relay UE to serve the U2N Remote UE may include the local ID and L2 ID for the U2N Remote UE, the Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, the bearer mapping configuration, etc. If the target n-hop U2N Relay UE is RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE, step 3 can be performed in step 6.
  • the local ID for the U2N Remote UE may be newly allocated/configured by the base station, or the local ID allocated/configured by the base station during the process of setting up/assigning the 3-hop relay operation (e.g., before Step 0) may be reused.
  • the local ID for the target n-hop U2N Relay UE may be allocated/configured by the base station and then transmitted to the target n-hop U2N Relay UE.
  • Step 5 either the U2N Remote UE or the target U2N Relay UE may allocate/configure the local ID for the target n-hop U2N Relay UE.
  • Step 4 It can be performed in the same manner as step 4 according to the examples of FIGS. 9a and 9b.
  • Step 5 ⁇ 6 Can be performed in the same manner as steps 5 ⁇ 6 according to the examples of FIG. 10a and FIG. 10b.
  • Step 7 ⁇ 8 Can be performed in the same manner as steps 7 ⁇ 8 according to the examples of FIGS. 9a and 9b.
  • Step 9 The U2N Remote UE connects to the base station via the Target U2N Relay UEs. Therefore, the U2N Remote UE can transmit UL/DL data to the base station or receive it from the base station via the Target U2N Relay UEs.
  • the name of the relay UE may be determined by considering the number of hops from the Remote UE.
  • U2N Relay UE#3 may be referred to as a 1-hop U2N Relay UE (or the first U2N Relay UE or #1 U2N Relay UE or hop#1 U2N Relay UE).
  • U2N Relay UE#2 may be referred to as a 2-hop U2N Relay UE (or the second U2N Relay UE or #2 U2N Relay UE or hop#2 U2N Relay UE).
  • U2N Relay UE#1 may be referred to as a 3-hop U2N Relay UE (or the third U2N Relay UE or #3 U2N Relay UE or hop# U2N Relay UE or last hop U2N Relay UE).
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a procedure according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates only the first relay UE among the relay UEs, but this is merely an example.
  • a remote UE may connect to the base station via multiple UEs, including the first relay UE.
  • a remote UE may connect to the base station via the first relay UE, the second relay UE, and the third relay UE.
  • a remote UE may be connected to a base station based on a multi-hop indirect path.
  • communication between the remote UE and the base station may be performed via multiple relay UEs, including a first relay.
  • step (S1201) the remote UE can transmit an RRC setup request message to the base station via the first relay UE.
  • step (S1202) the base station can transmit an RRC setup message to the remote UE via the first relay UE.
  • step (S1203) the base station can transmit the measurement settings to the remote UE via the first relay UE.
  • the measurement settings may include measurement settings information related to inter-UE communication.
  • the remote UE may perform measurements on the UE-to-UE connection between the first relay UE and the remote UE based on measurement configuration information related to the UE-to-UE communication.
  • measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication received from a base station may include measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE.
  • the remote UE may determine measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs, including the first relay UE, based on measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication received from the base station.
  • the remote UE may transmit the measurement settings to the first relay UE.
  • the measurement settings transmitted in step (S1204) may include measurement setting information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE.
  • the remote UE may send an RRC reconfiguration sidelink message (e.g., an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message) containing the measurement settings to the first relay UE.
  • an RRC reconfiguration sidelink message e.g., an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message
  • a remote UE may receive, from a first relay UE, measurement results obtained by each of the plurality of relay UEs for measurements on UE-to-UE connections with one or more adjacent relay UEs.
  • a remote UE may transmit measurement results obtained by each of a plurality of relay UEs for a connection between UEs with one or more adjacent relay UEs and measurement results for a connection between UEs with a first relay UE to the base station via the first relay UE.
  • the base station may determine path switching of the remote UE based on measurement results received from the remote UE.
  • the base station can determine whether to switch the path of the first relay UE to a direct path, a multi-hop indirect path, or a single-hop indirect path based on the measurement results of the remote UE and the measurement results of each of the plurality of relay UEs.
  • the base station can transmit to the target relay UE of the single-hop indirect path information necessary for the target relay UE to serve the remote UE.
  • the remote UE may receive an RRC reset message from the base station via the first relay UE, the RRC reset message including a path switch configuration related to switching to a direct path, a path switch configuration related to switching to a multi-hop indirect path, or a path switch configuration related to switching to a single-hop indirect path.
  • a base station can allocate/set information necessary to create/form a multi-hop indirect path during a path switching process and transmit it to nodes participating in multi-hop U2N relaying (e.g., remote UE, relay UE, etc.).
  • nodes participating in multi-hop U2N relaying e.g., remote UE, relay UE, etc.
  • a U2N Remote UE can report measurement results related to link quality information for each PC5 link involved in a multi-hop indirect path to a base station during a measurement process. Based on the measurement results, the base station can determine the path type (i.e., direct path, single-hop indirect path, or multi-hop indirect path) required to serve the U2N Remote UE.
  • the path type i.e., direct path, single-hop indirect path, or multi-hop indirect path
  • U2N relay can be effectively supported.
  • relay communication can be effectively supported in a multi-hop relay situation.
  • path switching from a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path, or from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path can be efficiently supported.
  • measurement results related to each PC5 link can be provided/reported to the base station.
  • signaling and/or data of a U2N Remote UE can be efficiently delivered to the network through a direct path, a single-hop indirect path, or a multi-hop indirect path, or can be delivered from the network to the U2N Remote UE.
  • the base station can provide the U2N Remote UE with the information necessary to create/form a multi-hop indirect path in advance. Accordingly, the U2N Remote UE can quickly transmit UL/DL data to or receive UL/DL data from the base station.
  • the operation of the terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) described in this specification can be implemented by the devices of FIGS. 1 to 3 described above.
  • the terminal e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.
  • the operation of the terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) described in this specification can be processed by one or more processors (102 or 202).
  • the operation of the terminal described in this specification can be stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) in the form of instructions/programs (e.g., instructions, executable codes) executable by one or more processors (102 or 202).
  • One or more processors (102 or 202) may control one or more memories (104 or 204) and one or more transceivers (105 or 206), and execute instructions/programs stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) to perform operations of a terminal (e.g., UE) described in the disclosure of this specification.
  • commands for performing operations of a terminal may be stored in a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium recording the commands.
  • the storage medium may be included in one or more memories (104 or 204).
  • commands recorded in the storage medium may be executed by one or more processors (102 or 202) to perform operations of a terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) described in the disclosure of this specification.
  • a network node e.g., AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, NEF, UDM, DN, etc.
  • a base station e.g., NG-RAN, gNB, gNB-DU, gNB-CU, DU, CU, CU-UP, CU-CP, etc.
  • the network node or the base station may be the first device (100) or the second device (200) of FIG. 2.
  • the operations of the network node or the base station described in this specification may be processed by one or more processors (102 or 202).
  • the operations of the terminal described in this specification may be stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) in the form of instructions/programs (e.g., instructions, executable codes) executable by one or more processors (102 or 202).
  • One or more processors (102 or 202) may control one or more memories (104 or 204) and one or more transceivers (106 or 206), and execute instructions/programs stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) to perform operations of a network node or base station as described in the disclosure of this specification.
  • the instructions for performing the operations of the network node or base station described in the disclosure of this specification may be stored in a non-volatile (or non-transitory) computer-readable storage medium having the instructions recorded thereon.
  • the storage medium may be included in one or more memories (104 or 204).
  • the instructions recorded in the storage medium may be executed by one or more processors (102 or 202) to perform the operations of the network node or base station described in the disclosure of this specification.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

One embodiment of the present specification provides a method. The method may comprise the steps of: transmitting an RRC setup request message to a base station through a first relay UE; receiving an RRC setup message from the base station through the first relay UE; receiving measurement configuration information related to communication between UEs from the base station through the first relay UE; and transmitting, to the first relay UE, measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE.

Description

릴레이 통신 지원Relay communication support

본 명세서는 이동 통신과 관련된다.This specification relates to mobile communications.

3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE(Long-Term Evolution)는 고속 패킷 통신을 가능하게 하기 위한 기술이다. LTE 목표인 사용자와 사업자의 비용 절감, 서비스 품질 향상, 커버리지 확장 및 시스템 용량 증대를 위해 많은 방식이 제안되었다. 3GPP LTE는 상위 레벨 필요조건으로서 비트당 비용 절감, 서비스 유용성 향상, 주파수 밴드의 유연한 사용, 간단한 구조, 개방형 인터페이스 및 단말의 적절한 전력 소비를 요구한다. 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE (Long-Term Evolution) is a technology designed to enable high-speed packet communications. Numerous approaches have been proposed to achieve LTE's goals of reducing costs for users and operators, improving service quality, expanding coverage, and increasing system capacity. 3GPP LTE's high-level requirements include reduced cost per bit, improved service availability, flexible use of frequency bands, a simple architecture, open interfaces, and adequate power consumption for terminals.

ITU(International Telecommunication Union) 및 3GPP에서 NR(New Radio) 시스템에 대한 요구 사항 및 사양을 개발하는 작업이 시작되었다. 3GPP는 긴급한 시장 요구와 ITU-R(ITU Radio communication sector) IMT(International Mobile Telecommunications)-2020 프로세스가 제시하는 보다 장기적인 요구 사항을 모두 적시에 만족시키는 NR을 성공적으로 표준화하기 위해 필요한 기술 구성 요소를 식별하고 개발해야 한다. 또한, NR은 먼 미래에도 무선 통신을 위해 이용될 수 있는 적어도 130 GHz에 이르는 임의의 스펙트럼 대역을 사용할 수 있어야 한다.The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and 3GPP have begun work on developing requirements and specifications for New Radio (NR) systems. 3GPP must identify and develop the technical components necessary to successfully standardize NR, meeting both urgent market needs and the longer-term requirements outlined by the ITU Radio communication sector (ITU-R) International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT)-2020 process. Furthermore, NR must be able to utilize any spectrum band up to at least 130 GHz, ensuring that it remains available for wireless communications well into the future.

NR은 eMBB(enhanced Mobile Broadband), mMTC(massive Machine Type-Communications), URLLC(Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications) 등을 포함하는 모든 배치 시나리오, 사용 시나리오, 요구 사항을 다루는 단일 기술 프레임 워크를 대상으로 한다. NR은 본질적으로 순방향 호환성이 있어야 한다.NR aims to be a single technology framework that addresses all deployment scenarios, usage scenarios, and requirements, including enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), massive Machine Type Communications (mMTC), and Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications (URLLC). NR must be inherently forward-compatible.

종래 기술에 따르면, 리모트 UE가 릴레이 UE를 통해 기지국에 접속하는 UE to Network (U2N) 릴레이를 효과적으로 지원하는 방안이 존재하지 않았다. 예를 들어, 멀티-홉 릴레이 상황에서 릴레이 통신을 효과적으로 지원하지 못한다는 문제가 있다.Prior art has lacked a method for effectively supporting UE-to-Network (U2N) relay, where a remote UE connects to a base station via a relay UE. For example, there is a problem in that relay communication cannot be effectively supported in multi-hop relay situations.

본 명세서의 일 실시예에 따르면 방법이 제공된다. 상기 방법은 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 기지국에게 RRC 셋업 요청 메시지를 전송하는 단계; 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국으로부터 RRC 셋업 메시지를 수신하는 단계; UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국으로부터 수신하는 단계; 및 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE에게 전송하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, a method is provided. The method may include the steps of: transmitting an RRC setup request message to a base station via a first relay UE; receiving an RRC setup message from the base station via the first relay UE; receiving measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication from the base station via the first relay UE; and transmitting measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE to the first relay UE.

일 실시예에 따르면, 상기 방법을 구현하는 장치가 제공된다.According to one embodiment, a device implementing the method is provided.

본 명세서의 일 실시예에 따르면 방법이 제공된다. 상기 방법은 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 리모트 UE로부터 RRC 셋업 요청 메시지를 수신하는 단계; 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 리모트 UE에게 RRC 셋업 메시지를 전송하는 단계; UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보를 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 리모트 UE에게 전송하는 단계; 및 상기 리모트 UE의 측정 결과 및 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각의 측정 결과에 기초하여, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE의 경로를, 직접 경로, 멀티 홉 간접 경로, 또는 싱글 홉 간접 경로로 스위칭할지 여부를 결정하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다.According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, a method is provided. The method may include the steps of: receiving an RRC setup request message from a remote UE via a plurality of relay UEs including a first relay UE; transmitting the RRC setup message to the remote UE via the plurality of relay UEs; transmitting measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication to the remote UE via the plurality of relay UEs; and determining whether to switch a path of the first relay UE to a direct path, a multi-hop indirect path, or a single-hop indirect path based on a measurement result of the remote UE and a measurement result of each of the plurality of relay UEs.

일 실시예에 따르면, 상기 방법을 구현하는 장치가 제공된다.According to one embodiment, a device implementing the method is provided.

도 1은 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 통신 시스템의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 1 illustrates an example of a communication system to which the implementation of this specification is applied.

도 2는 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 무선 장치의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 2 illustrates an example of a wireless device to which the implementation of the present specification is applied.

도 3은 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 UE의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 3 shows an example of a UE to which the implementation of this specification is applied.

도 4는 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 5G 시스템 구조의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 4 shows an example of a 5G system structure to which the implementation of this specification is applied.

도 5는 UE-대-네트워크 릴레이(UE-to-Network Relay)의 아키텍처의 예시를 나타낸다. Figure 5 illustrates an example of the architecture of a UE-to-Network Relay.

도 6은 본 명세서의 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 U2U 리모트 UE의 연결 수립 절차의 일 예이다.FIG. 6 is an example of a connection establishment procedure of a U2U remote UE according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 7는 모델 A에 따른 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figure 7 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model A.

도 8은 모델 B에 따른 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figure 8 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model B.

도 9a 및 도 9b는 본 명세서의 개시의 제1예에 따른 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figures 9a and 9b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the first example of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 10a 및 도 10b은 본 명세서의 개시의 제2예에 따른 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figures 10a and 10b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the second example of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 11은 본 명세서의 개시의 제3예에 따른 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figure 11 shows an example of a procedure according to the third example of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 12는 본 명세서의 개시의 일 실시예에 따를 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a procedure according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.

다음의 기법, 장치 및 시스템은 다양한 무선 다중 접속 시스템에 적용될 수 있다. 다중 접속 시스템의 예시는 CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access) 시스템, FDMA(Frequency Division Multiple Access) 시스템, TDMA(Time Division Multiple Access) 시스템, OFDMA(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access) 시스템, 시스템, SC-FDMA(Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) 시스템, MC-FDMA(Multi-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) 시스템을 포함한다. CDMA는 UTRA(Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) 또는 CDMA2000과 같은 무선 기술을 통해 구현될 수 있다. TDMA는 GSM(Global System for Mobile communications), GPRS(General Packet Radio Service) 또는 EDGE(Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution)와 같은 무선 기술을 통해 구현될 수 있다. OFDMA는 IEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.11(Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16(WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, 또는 E-UTRA(Evolved UTRA)와 같은 무선 기술을 통해 구현될 수 있다. UTRA는 UMTS(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)의 일부이다. 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE(Long-Term Evolution)는 E-UTRA를 이용한 E-UMTS(Evolved UMTS)의 일부이다. 3GPP LTE는 하향링크(DL; Downlink)에서 OFDMA를, 상향링크(UL; Uplink)에서 SC-FDMA를 사용한다. 3GPP LTE의 진화는 LTE-A(Advanced), LTE-A Pro, 및/또는 5G NR(New Radio)을 포함한다.The following techniques, devices, and systems can be applied to various wireless multiple access systems. Examples of multiple access systems include Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) systems, Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) systems, Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) systems, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) systems, Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) systems, and Multi-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (MC-FDMA) systems. CDMA can be implemented using wireless technologies such as Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) or CDMA2000. TDMA can be implemented using wireless technologies such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), or Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE). OFDMA can be implemented using wireless technologies such as IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, or Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA). UTRA is part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long-Term Evolution (LTE) is a subset of E-UMTS (Evolved UMTS) that uses E-UTRA. 3GPP LTE uses OFDMA in the downlink (DL) and SC-FDMA in the uplink (UL). Evolutions of 3GPP LTE include LTE-A (Advanced), LTE-A Pro, and/or 5G NR (New Radio).

설명의 편의를 위해, 본 명세서의 구현은 주로 3GPP 기반 무선 통신 시스템과 관련하여 설명된다. 그러나 본 명세서의 기술적 특성은 이에 국한되지 않는다. 예를 들어, 3GPP 기반 무선 통신 시스템에 대응하는 이동 통신 시스템에 기초하여 다음과 같은 상세한 설명이 제공되지만, 3GPP 기반 무선 통신 시스템에 국한되지 않는 본 명세서의 측면은 다른 이동 통신 시스템에 적용될 수 있다.For convenience of explanation, the implementation of this specification is primarily described in relation to a 3GPP-based wireless communication system. However, the technical features of this specification are not limited thereto. For example, the following detailed description is provided based on a mobile communication system corresponding to a 3GPP-based wireless communication system, but aspects of this specification that are not limited to a 3GPP-based wireless communication system can be applied to other mobile communication systems.

본 명세서에서 사용된 용어와 기술 중 구체적으로 기술되지 않은 용어와 기술에 대해서는, 본 명세서 이전에 발행된 무선 통신 표준 문서를 참조할 수 있다.For terms and technologies used in this specification that are not specifically described, reference may be made to wireless communication standard documents published prior to this specification.

본 명세서에서 "A 또는 B(A or B)"는 "오직 A", "오직 B" 또는 "A와 B 모두"를 의미할 수 있다. 달리 표현하면, 본 명세서에서 "A 또는 B(A or B)"는 "A 및/또는 B(A and/or B)"으로 해석될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 본 명세서에서 "A, B 또는 C(A, B or C)"는 "오직 A", "오직 B", "오직 C", 또는 "A, B 및 C의 임의의 모든 조합(any combination of A, B and C)"을 의미할 수 있다.As used herein, "A or B" can mean "only A," "only B," or "both A and B." Alternatively, as used herein, "A or B" can be interpreted as "A and/or B." For example, as used herein, "A, B or C" can mean "only A," "only B," "only C," or "any combination of A, B and C."

본 명세서에서 사용되는 슬래쉬(/)나 쉼표(comma)는 "및/또는(and/or)"을 의미할 수 있다. 예를 들어, "A/B"는 "A 및/또는 B"를 의미할 수 있다. 이에 따라, "A/B"는 "오직 A", "오직 B", 또는 "A와 B 모두"를 의미할 수 있다. 예를 들어, "A, B, C"는 "A, B 또는 C"를 의미할 수 있다.As used herein, a slash (/) or a comma can mean "and/or." For example, "A/B" can mean "A and/or B." Accordingly, "A/B" can mean "only A," "only B," or "both A and B." For example, "A, B, C" can mean "A, B, or C."

본 명세서에서 "A 및 B의 적어도 하나(at least one of A and B)"는, "오직 A", "오직 B" 또는 "A와 B 모두"를 의미할 수 있다. 또한, 본 명세서에서 "A 또는 B의 적어도 하나(at least one of A or B)"나 "A 및/또는 B의 적어도 하나(at least one of A and/or B)"라는 표현은 "A 및 B의 적어도 하나(at least one of A and B)"와 동일하게 해석될 수 있다.In this specification, “at least one of A and B” may mean “only A,” “only B,” or “both A and B.” Additionally, in this specification, the expressions “at least one of A or B” or “at least one of A and/or B” may be interpreted identically to “at least one of A and B.”

또한, 본 명세서에서 "A, B 및 C의 적어도 하나(at least one of A, B and C)"는, "오직 A", "오직 B", "오직 C", 또는 "A, B 및 C의 임의의 모든 조합(any combination of A, B and C)"을 의미할 수 있다. 또한, "A, B 또는 C의 적어도 하나(at least one of A, B or C)"나 "A, B 및/또는 C의 적어도 하나(at least one of A, B and/or C)"는 "A, B 및 C의 적어도 하나(at least one of A, B and C)"를 의미할 수 있다.Additionally, in this specification, “at least one of A, B and C” can mean “only A”, “only B”, “only C”, or “any combination of A, B and C”. Additionally, “at least one of A, B or C” or “at least one of A, B and/or C” can mean “at least one of A, B and C”.

또한, 본 명세서에서 사용되는 괄호는 "예를 들어(for example)"를 의미할 수 있다. 구체적으로, "제어 정보(PDCCH)"로 표시된 경우, "제어 정보"의 일례로 "PDCCH"가 제안된 것일 수 있다. 달리 표현하면 본 명세서의 "제어 정보"는 "PDCCH"로 제한(limit)되지 않고, "PDCCH"가 "제어 정보"의 일례로 제안될 것일 수 있다. 또한, "제어 정보(즉, PDCCH)"로 표시된 경우에도, "제어 정보"의 일례로 "PDCCH"가 제안된 것일 수 있다.Additionally, parentheses used herein may mean "for example." Specifically, when indicated as "control information (PDCCH)", "PDCCH" may be proposed as an example of "control information." In other words, "control information" in this specification is not limited to "PDCCH," and "PDCCH" may be proposed as an example of "control information." Furthermore, even when indicated as "control information (i.e., PDCCH)", "PDCCH" may be proposed as an example of "control information."

본 명세서에서 하나의 도면 내에서 개별적으로 설명되는 기술적 특징은, 개별적으로 구현될 수도 있고, 동시에 구현될 수도 있다.Technical features individually described in a single drawing in this specification may be implemented individually or simultaneously.

여기에 국한되지는 않지만, 본 명세서에서 개시된 다양한 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도는 기기 간 무선 통신 및/또는 연결(예: 5G)이 요구되는 다양한 분야에 적용될 수 있다.Although not limited thereto, the various descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein may be applied to various fields requiring wireless communication and/or connectivity between devices (e.g., 5G).

이하, 본 명세서는 도면을 참조하여 보다 상세하게 기술될 것이다. 다음의 도면 및/또는 설명에서 동일한 참조 번호는 달리 표시하지 않는 한 동일하거나 대응하는 하드웨어 블록, 소프트웨어 블록 및/또는 기능 블록을 참조할 수 있다.Hereinafter, the present specification will be described in more detail with reference to the drawings. In the following drawings and/or description, the same reference numbers may refer to the same or corresponding hardware blocks, software blocks, and/or functional blocks, unless otherwise indicated.

도 1은 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 통신 시스템의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 1 illustrates an example of a communication system to which the implementation of this specification is applied.

도 1에 표시된 5G 사용 시나리오는 본보기일 뿐이며, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징은 도 1에 나와 있지 않은 다른 5G 사용 시나리오에 적용될 수 있다.The 5G usage scenario shown in FIG. 1 is only an example, and the technical features of this specification can be applied to other 5G usage scenarios not shown in FIG. 1.

5G에 대한 세 가지 주요 요구사항 범주는 (1) 향상된 모바일 광대역(eMBB; enhanced Mobile BroadBand) 범주, (2) 거대 기계 유형 통신(mMTC; massive Machine Type Communication) 범주 및 (3) 초고신뢰 저지연 통신(URLLC; Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications) 범주이다.The three main requirement categories for 5G are (1) enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), (2) massive machine type communication (mMTC), and (3) ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC).

도 1을 참조하면, 통신 시스템(1)은 무선 장치(100a~100f), 기지국(BS; 200) 및 네트워크(300)을 포함한다. 도 1은 통신 시스템(1)의 네트워크의 예로 5G 네트워크를 설명하지만, 본 명세서의 구현은 5G 시스템에 국한되지 않으며, 5G 시스템을 넘어 미래의 통신 시스템에 적용될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 1, a communication system (1) includes wireless devices (100a to 100f), a base station (BS; 200), and a network (300). FIG. 1 illustrates a 5G network as an example of a network of the communication system (1), but the implementation of the present disclosure is not limited to a 5G system and can be applied to future communication systems beyond the 5G system.

기지국(200)과 네트워크(300)는 무선 장치로 구현될 수 있으며, 특정 무선 장치는 다른 무선 장치와 관련하여 기지국/네트워크 노드로 작동할 수 있다.The base station (200) and the network (300) may be implemented as wireless devices, and a particular wireless device may operate as a base station/network node in relation to other wireless devices.

무선 장치(100a~100f)는 무선 접속 기술(RAT; Radio Access Technology) (예: 5G NR 또는 LTE)을 사용하여 통신을 수행하는 장치를 나타내며, 통신/무선/5G 장치라고도 할 수 있다. 무선 장치(100a~100f)는, 이에 국한되지 않고, 로봇(100a), 차량(100b-1 및 100b-2), 확장 현실(XR; eXtended Reality) 장치(100c), 휴대용 장치(100d), 가전 제품(100e), IoT(Internet-Of-Things) 장치(100f) 및 인공 지능(AI; Artificial Intelligence) 장치/서버(400)을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 차량에는 무선 통신 기능이 있는 차량, 자율주행 차량 및 차량 간 통신을 수행할 수 있는 차량이 포함될 수 있다. 차량에는 무인 항공기(UAV; Unmanned Aerial Vehicle)(예: 드론)가 포함될 수 있다. XR 장치는 AR(Augmented Reality)/VR(Virtual Reality)/MR(Mixed Realty) 장치를 포함할 수 있으며, 차량, 텔레비전, 스마트폰, 컴퓨터, 웨어러블 장치, 가전 제품, 디지털 표지판, 차량, 로봇 등에 장착된 HMD(Head-Mounted Device), HUD(Head-Up Display)의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 휴대용 장치에는 스마트폰, 스마트 패드, 웨어러블 장치(예: 스마트 시계 또는 스마트 안경) 및 컴퓨터(예: 노트북)가 포함될 수 있다. 가전 제품에는 TV, 냉장고, 세탁기가 포함될 수 있다. IoT 장치에는 센서와 스마트 미터가 포함될 수 있다.The wireless devices (100a to 100f) represent devices that perform communication using Radio Access Technology (RAT) (e.g., 5G NR or LTE) and may also be referred to as communication/wireless/5G devices. The wireless devices (100a to 100f) may include, but are not limited to, a robot (100a), a vehicle (100b-1 and 100b-2), an extended reality (XR) device (100c), a portable device (100d), a home appliance (100e), an Internet-of-Things (IoT) device (100f), and an artificial intelligence (AI) device/server (400). For example, the vehicles may include vehicles having wireless communication capabilities, autonomous vehicles, and vehicles capable of performing vehicle-to-vehicle communication. The vehicles may include unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) (e.g., drones). XR devices may include AR (Augmented Reality)/VR (Virtual Reality)/MR (Mixed Reality) devices, and may be implemented in the form of HMD (Head-Mounted Device) and HUD (Head-Up Display) mounted on vehicles, televisions, smartphones, computers, wearable devices, home appliances, digital signs, vehicles, robots, etc. Portable devices may include smartphones, smart pads, wearable devices (e.g., smart watches or smart glasses), and computers (e.g., laptops). Home appliances may include TVs, refrigerators, and washing machines. IoT devices may include sensors and smart meters.

본 명세서에서, 무선 장치(100a~100f)는 사용자 장비(UE; User Equipment)라고 부를 수 있다. UE는 예를 들어, 휴대 전화, 스마트폰, 노트북 컴퓨터, 디지털 방송 단말기, PDA(Personal Digital Assistant), PMP(Portable Multimedia Player), 네비게이션 시스템, 슬레이트 PC, 태블릿 PC, 울트라북, 차량, 자율주행 기능이 있는 차량, 연결된 자동차, UAV, AI 모듈, 로봇, AR 장치, VR 장치, MR 장치, 홀로그램 장치, 공공 안전 장치, MTC 장치, IoT 장치, 의료 장치, 핀테크 장치(또는 금융 장치), 보안 장치, 날씨/환경 장치, 5G 서비스 관련 장치 또는 4차 산업 혁명 관련 장치를 포함할 수 있다. In this specification, wireless devices (100a to 100f) may be referred to as user equipment (UE). The UE may include, for example, a mobile phone, a smartphone, a laptop computer, a digital broadcasting terminal, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a portable multimedia player (PMP), a navigation system, a slate PC, a tablet PC, an ultrabook, a vehicle, a vehicle with autonomous driving function, a connected car, a UAV, an AI module, a robot, an AR device, a VR device, an MR device, a hologram device, a public safety device, an MTC device, an IoT device, a medical device, a fintech device (or a financial device), a security device, a weather/environmental device, a 5G service-related device, or a 4th industrial revolution-related device.

무선 장치(100a~100f)는 기지국(200)을 통해 네트워크(300)와 연결될 수 있다. 무선 장치(100a~100f)에는 AI 기술이 적용될 수 있으며, 무선 장치(100a~100f)는 네트워크(300)를 통해 AI 서버(400)와 연결될 수 있다. 네트워크(300)는 3G 네트워크, 4G(예: LTE) 네트워크, 5G(예: NR) 네트워크 및 5G 이후의 네트워크 등을 이용하여 구성될 수 있다. 무선 장치(100a~100f)는 기지국(200)/네트워크(300)를 통해 서로 통신할 수도 있지만, 기지국(200)/네트워크(300)를 통하지 않고 직접 통신(예: 사이드링크 통신(sidelink communication))할 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 차량(100b-1, 100b-2)은 직접 통신(예: V2V(Vehicle-to-Vehicle)/V2X(Vehicle-to-everything) 통신)을 할 수 있다. 또한, IoT 기기(예: 센서)는 다른 IoT 기기(예: 센서) 또는 다른 무선 장치(100a~100f)와 직접 통신을 할 수 있다.Wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to a network (300) via a base station (200). AI technology can be applied to the wireless devices (100a to 100f), and the wireless devices (100a to 100f) can be connected to an AI server (400) via the network (300). The network (300) can be configured using a 3G network, a 4G (e.g., LTE) network, a 5G (e.g., NR) network, and a network after 5G. The wireless devices (100a to 100f) can communicate with each other via the base station (200)/network (300), but can also communicate directly (e.g., sidelink communication) without going through the base station (200)/network (300). For example, vehicles (100b-1, 100b-2) can communicate directly (e.g., vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V)/vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication). Additionally, IoT devices (e.g., sensors) can communicate directly with other IoT devices (e.g., sensors) or other wireless devices (100a to 100f).

무선 장치(100a~100f) 간 및/또는 무선 장치(100a~100f)와 기지국(200) 간 및/또는 기지국(200) 간에 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)이 확립될 수 있다. 여기서, 무선 통신/연결은 상향/하향링크 통신(150a), 사이드링크 통신(150b)(또는, D2D(Device-To-Device) 통신), 기지국 간 통신(150c)(예: 중계, IAB(Integrated Access and Backhaul)) 등과 같이 다양한 RAT(예: 5G NR)을 통해 확립될 수 있다. 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)을 통해 무선 장치(100a~100f)와 기지국(200)은 서로 무선 신호를 송신/수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)은 다양한 물리 채널을 통해 신호를 송신/수신할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 본 명세서의 다양한 제안에 기반하여, 무선 신호의 송신/수신을 위한 다양한 구성 정보 설정 과정, 다양한 신호 처리 과정(예: 채널 인코딩/디코딩, 변조/복조, 자원 맵핑/디맵핑 등), 및 자원 할당 과정 등 중 적어도 일부가 수행될 수 있다.Wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c) can be established between wireless devices (100a to 100f) and/or between wireless devices (100a to 100f) and a base station (200) and/or between base stations (200). Here, the wireless communication/connection can be established through various RATs (e.g., 5G NR), such as uplink/downlink communication (150a), sidelink communication (150b) (or, D2D (Device-To-Device) communication), and base station-to-base station communication (150c) (e.g., relay, IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul)). Through the wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c), the wireless devices (100a to 100f) and the base station (200) can transmit/receive wireless signals to/from each other. For example, wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c) can transmit/receive signals through various physical channels. To this end, at least some of the various configuration information setting processes for transmitting/receiving wireless signals, various signal processing processes (e.g., channel encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, resource mapping/demapping, etc.), and resource allocation processes can be performed based on various proposals of the present specification.

NR은 다양한 5G 서비스를 지원하기 위한 다수의 뉴머럴로지(numerology) 또는 부반송파 간격(SCS; SubCarrier Spacing)을 지원한다. 예를 들어, SCS가 15kHz인 경우, 전통적인 셀룰러 밴드에서의 넓은 영역(wide area)를 지원하며, SCS가 30kHz/60kHz인 경우, 밀집한 도시(dense-urban), 저지연(lower latency) 및 더 넓은 반송파 대역폭(wider carrier bandwidth)를 지원하며, SCS가 60kHz 또는 그보다 높은 경우, 위상 잡음(phase noise)를 극복하기 위해 24.25GHz보다 큰 대역폭을 지원한다. NR supports multiple numerologies, or subcarrier spacings (SCS), to support diverse 5G services. For example, an SCS of 15 kHz supports wide areas in traditional cellular bands; an SCS of 30 kHz/60 kHz supports dense urban areas, lower latency, and wider carrier bandwidth; and an SCS of 60 kHz or higher supports bandwidths greater than 24.25 GHz to overcome phase noise.

NR 주파수 대역은 2가지 타입(FR1, FR2)의 주파수 범위(frequency range)로 정의될 수 있다. 주파수 범위의 수치는 변경될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 2가지 타입(FR1, FR2)의 주파수 범위는 아래 표 1과 같을 수 있다. 설명의 편의를 위해, NR 시스템에서 사용되는 주파수 범위 중 FR1은 "sub 6GHz range"를 의미할 수 있고, FR2는 "above 6GHz range"를 의미할 수 있고 밀리미터 웨이브(MilliMeter Wave, mmW)로 불릴 수 있다. The NR frequency band can be defined by two types of frequency ranges (FR1 and FR2). The numerical values of the frequency ranges can be changed. For example, the two types of frequency ranges (FR1 and FR2) can be as shown in Table 1 below. For convenience of explanation, among the frequency ranges used in the NR system, FR1 can mean the "sub 6 GHz range," and FR2 can mean the "above 6 GHz range," which can be called millimeter wave (mmW).

주파수 범위 정의Frequency range definition 주파수 범위Frequency range 부반송파 간격Subcarrier spacing FR1FR1 450MHz - 6000MHz450MHz - 6000MHz 15, 30, 60kHz15, 30, 60kHz FR2FR2 24250MHz - 52600MHz24250MHz - 52600MHz 60, 120, 240kHz60, 120, 240kHz

상술한 바와 같이, NR 시스템의 주파수 범위의 수치는 변경될 수 있다. 예를 들어, FR1은 아래 표 2와 같이 410MHz 내지 7125MHz의 대역을 포함할 수 있다. 즉, FR1은 6GHz (또는 5850, 5900, 5925 MHz 등) 이상의 주파수 대역을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, FR1 내에서 포함되는 6GHz (또는 5850, 5900, 5925 MHz 등) 이상의 주파수 대역은 비면허 대역(unlicensed band)을 포함할 수 있다. 비면허 대역은 다양한 용도로 사용될 수 있고, 예를 들어 차량을 위한 통신(예: 자율 주행)을 위해 사용될 수 있다. As described above, the numerical value of the frequency range of the NR system can be changed. For example, FR1 may include a band from 410 MHz to 7125 MHz, as shown in Table 2 below. That is, FR1 may include frequency bands above 6 GHz (or 5850, 5900, 5925 MHz, etc.). For example, the frequency bands above 6 GHz (or 5850, 5900, 5925 MHz, etc.) included within FR1 may include unlicensed bands. Unlicensed bands may be used for various purposes, such as for communications for vehicles (e.g., autonomous driving).

주파수 범위 정의Frequency range definition 주파수 범위Frequency range 부반송파 간격Subcarrier spacing FR1FR1 410MHz - 7125MHz410MHz - 7125MHz 15, 30, 60kHz15, 30, 60kHz FR2FR2 24250MHz - 52600MHz24250MHz - 52600MHz 60, 120, 240kHz60, 120, 240kHz

여기서, 본 명세서의 무선 장치에서 구현되는 무선 통신 기술은 LTE, NR 및 6G뿐만 아니라 저전력 통신을 위한 협대역 IoT(NB-IoT, NarrowBand IoT)를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, NB-IoT 기술은 LPWAN(Low Power Wide Area Network) 기술의 일례일 수 있고, LTE Cat NB1 및/또는 LTE Cat NB2 등의 규격으로 구현될 수 있으며, 상술한 명칭에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 추가적으로 또는 대체적으로, 본 명세서의 무선 장치에서 구현되는 무선 통신 기술은 LTE-M 기술에 기초하여 통신을 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, LTE-M 기술은 LPWAN 기술의 일례일 수 있고, eMTC(enhanced MTC) 등의 다양한 명칭으로 불릴 수 있다. 예를 들어, LTE-M 기술은 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL(Non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE MTC, 및/또는 7) LTE M 등의 다양한 규격 중 적어도 어느 하나로 구현될 수 있으며 상술한 명칭에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 추가적으로 또는 대체적으로, 본 명세서의 무선 장치에서 구현되는 무선 통신 기술은 저전력 통신을 고려한 지그비(ZigBee), 블루투스(Bluetooth) 및/또는 LPWAN 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함할 수 있으며, 상술한 명칭에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 예를 들어, 지그비 기술은 IEEE 802.15.4 등의 다양한 규격에 기초하여 소형/저-파워 디지털 통신에 관련된 PAN(Personal Area Networks)을 생성할 수 있으며, 다양한 명칭으로 불릴 수 있다.Here, the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device of the present specification may include not only LTE, NR, and 6G, but also Narrowband IoT (NB-IoT) for low-power communication. For example, NB-IoT technology may be an example of LPWAN (Low Power Wide Area Network) technology and may be implemented with standards such as LTE Cat NB1 and/or LTE Cat NB2, and is not limited to the above-described names. Additionally or alternatively, the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device of the present specification may perform communication based on LTE-M technology. For example, LTE-M technology may be an example of LPWAN technology and may be called by various names such as eMTC (enhanced MTC). For example, LTE-M technology can be implemented by at least one of various standards such as 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL (Non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE MTC, and/or 7) LTE M, and is not limited to the above-described names. Additionally or alternatively, the wireless communication technology implemented in the wireless device of the present specification can include at least one of ZigBee, Bluetooth, and/or LPWAN considering low-power communication, and is not limited to the above-described names. For example, ZigBee technology can create PANs (Personal Area Networks) related to small/low-power digital communication based on various standards such as IEEE 802.15.4, and can be called by various names.

도 2는 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 무선 장치의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 2 illustrates an example of a wireless device to which the implementation of the present specification is applied.

도 2에서, 제1 무선 장치(100) 및/또는 제2 무선 장치(200)는 사용 예/서비스에 따라 다양한 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, {제1 무선 장치(100) 및 제2 무선 장치(200)}은(는) 도 1의 {무선 장치(100a~100f) 및 기지국(200)}, {무선 장치(100a~100f) 및 무선 장치(100a~100f)} 및/또는 {기지국(200) 및 기지국(200)} 중 적어도 하나에 대응할 수 있다. 제1 무선 장치(100) 및/또는 제2 무선 장치(200)는 다양한 구성 요소, 장치/부분 및/또는 모듈에 의해 구성될 수 있다.In FIG. 2, the first wireless device (100) and/or the second wireless device (200) may be implemented in various forms depending on the use case/service. For example, {the first wireless device (100) and the second wireless device (200)} may correspond to at least one of {the wireless devices (100a to 100f) and the base station (200)}, {the wireless devices (100a to 100f) and the wireless devices (100a to 100f)}, and/or {the base station (200) and the base station (200)} of FIG. 1. The first wireless device (100) and/or the second wireless device (200) may be configured by various components, devices/parts, and/or modules.

제1 무선 장치(100)는 송수신기(106)와 같은 적어도 하나의 송수신기, 프로세싱 칩(101)과 같은 적어도 하나의 프로세싱 칩 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(108)를 포함할 수 있다.The first wireless device (100) may include at least one transceiver, such as a transceiver (106), at least one processing chip, such as a processing chip (101), and/or one or more antennas (108).

프로세싱 칩(101)은 프로세서(102)와 같은 적어도 하나의 프로세서와 메모리(104)와 같은 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함할 수 있다.. 추가적으로 및/또는 대체적으로, 메모리(104)는 프로세싱 칩(101) 외부에 배치될 수 있다.The processing chip (101) may include at least one processor, such as a processor (102), and at least one memory, such as a memory (104). Additionally and/or alternatively, the memory (104) may be located external to the processing chip (101).

프로세서(102)는 메모리(104) 및/또는 송수신기(106)를 제어할 수 있으며, 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서(102)는 메모리(104) 내의 정보를 처리하여 제1 정보/신호를 생성하고, 제1 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 송수신기(106)를 통해 전송할 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 송수신기(106)를 통해 제2 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 수신하고, 제2 정보/신호를 처리하여 얻은 정보를 메모리(104)에 저장할 수 있다.The processor (102) may control the memory (104) and/or the transceiver (106) and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the processor (102) may process information in the memory (104) to generate first information/signal and transmit a wireless signal including the first information/signal via the transceiver (106). The processor (102) may receive a wireless signal including second information/signal via the transceiver (106) and store information obtained by processing the second information/signal in the memory (104).

메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)에 동작 가능하도록 연결될 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 다양한 유형의 정보 및/또는 명령을 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)에 의해 실행될 때 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 수행하는 코드, 명령어 및/또는 명령어의 집합을 구현하는 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(105)를 저장할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(105)는 프로세서(102)에 의해 실행될 때, 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 수행하는 명령을 구현할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(105)는 하나 이상의 프로토콜을 수행하기 위해 프로세서(102)를 제어할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(105)는 하나 이상의 무선 인터페이스 프로토콜 계층을 수행하기 위해 프로세서(102)를 제어할 수 있다.A memory (104) may be operatively connected to the processor (102). The memory (104) may store various types of information and/or instructions. The memory (104) may store firmware and/or software code (105) that implements code, instructions and/or sets of instructions that, when executed by the processor (102), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the firmware and/or software code (105) may implement instructions that, when executed by the processor (102), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the firmware and/or software code (105) may control the processor (102) to perform one or more protocols. For example, the firmware and/or software code (105) may control the processor (102) to perform one or more air interface protocol layers.

여기에서, 프로세서(102)와 메모리(104)는 RAT(예: LTE 또는 NR)을 구현하도록 설계된 통신 모뎀/회로/칩의 일부일 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 프로세서(102)에 연결되어 하나 이상의 안테나(108)를 통해 무선 신호를 전송 및/또는 수신할 수 있다. 각 송수신기(106)는 송신기 및/또는 수신기를 포함할 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 RF(Radio Frequency)부와 교체 가능하게 사용될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 제1 무선 장치(100)는 통신 모뎀/회로/칩을 나타낼 수 있다.Here, the processor (102) and memory (104) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement a RAT (e.g., LTE or NR). A transceiver (106) may be connected to the processor (102) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (108). Each transceiver (106) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver. The transceiver (106) may be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit. In the present specification, the first wireless device (100) may represent a communication modem/circuit/chip.

제2 무선 장치(200)는 송수신기(206)와 같은 적어도 하나의 송수신기, 프로세싱 칩(201)과 같은 적어도 하나의 프로세싱 칩 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(208)를 포함할 수 있다.The second wireless device (200) may include at least one transceiver, such as a transceiver (206), at least one processing chip, such as a processing chip (201), and/or one or more antennas (208).

프로세싱 칩(201)은 프로세서(202)와 같은 적어도 하나의 프로세서와 메모리(204)와 같은 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함할 수 있다.. 추가적으로 및/또는 대체적으로, 메모리(204)는 프로세싱 칩(201) 외부에 배치될 수 있다.The processing chip (201) may include at least one processor, such as a processor (202), and at least one memory, such as a memory (204). Additionally and/or alternatively, the memory (204) may be located external to the processing chip (201).

프로세서(202)는 메모리(204) 및/또는 송수신기(206)를 제어할 수 있으며, 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서(202)는 메모리(204) 내의 정보를 처리하여 제3 정보/신호를 생성하고, 제3 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 송수신기(206)를 통해 전송할 수 있다. 프로세서(202)는 송수신기(206)를 통해 제4 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 수신하고, 제4 정보/신호를 처리하여 얻은 정보를 메모리(204)에 저장할 수 있다.The processor (202) may control the memory (204) and/or the transceiver (206) and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the processor (202) may process information in the memory (204) to generate third information/signal and transmit a wireless signal including the third information/signal via the transceiver (206). The processor (202) may receive a wireless signal including fourth information/signal via the transceiver (206) and store information obtained by processing the fourth information/signal in the memory (204).

메모리(204)는 프로세서(202)에 동작 가능하도록 연결될 수 있다. 메모리(204)는 다양한 유형의 정보 및/또는 명령을 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(204)는 프로세서(202)에 의해 실행될 때 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 수행하는 코드, 명령어 및/또는 명령어의 집합을 구현하는 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(205)를 저장할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(205)는 프로세서(202)에 의해 실행될 때, 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 수행하는 명령을 구현할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(205)는 하나 이상의 프로토콜을 수행하기 위해 프로세서(202)를 제어할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 펌웨어 및/또는 소프트웨어 코드(205)는 하나 이상의 무선 인터페이스 프로토콜 계층을 수행하기 위해 프로세서(202)를 제어할 수 있다.A memory (204) may be operatively connected to the processor (202). The memory (204) may store various types of information and/or instructions. The memory (204) may store firmware and/or software code (205) that implements code, instructions and/or sets of instructions that, when executed by the processor (202), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the firmware and/or software code (205) may implement instructions that, when executed by the processor (202), perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the firmware and/or software code (205) may control the processor (202) to perform one or more protocols. For example, the firmware and/or software code (205) may control the processor (202) to perform one or more air interface protocol layers.

여기에서, 프로세서(202)와 메모리(204)는 RAT(예: LTE 또는 NR)을 구현하도록 설계된 통신 모뎀/회로/칩의 일부일 수 있다. 송수신기(206)는 프로세서(202)에 연결되어 하나 이상의 안테나(208)를 통해 무선 신호를 전송 및/또는 수신할 수 있다. 각 송수신기(206)는 송신기 및/또는 수신기를 포함할 수 있다. 송수신기(206)는 RF부와 교체 가능하게 사용될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 제2 무선 장치(200)는 통신 모뎀/회로/칩을 나타낼 수 있다.Here, the processor (202) and memory (204) may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement a RAT (e.g., LTE or NR). A transceiver (206) may be connected to the processor (202) and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas (208). Each transceiver (206) may include a transmitter and/or a receiver. The transceiver (206) may be used interchangeably with the RF unit. In the present specification, the second wireless device (200) may represent a communication modem/circuit/chip.

이하, 무선 장치(100, 200)의 하드웨어 요소에 대해 보다 구체적으로 설명한다. 이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 하나 이상의 프로토콜 계층이 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 계층(예: PHY(physical) 계층, MAC(Media Access Control) 계층, RLC(Radio Link Control) 계층, PDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol) 계층, RRC(Radio Resource Control) 계층, SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol) 계층과 같은 기능적 계층)을 구현할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 흐름도에 따라 하나 이상의 PDU(Protocol Data Unit), 하나 이상의 SDU(Service Data Unit), 메시지, 제어 정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 생성할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 흐름도에 따라 PDU, SDU, 메시지, 제어 정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 포함하는 신호(예: 베이스밴드 신호)를 생성하여, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)에게 제공할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)로부터 신호(예: 베이스밴드 신호)를 수신할 수 있고, 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 흐름도에 따라 PDU, SDU, 메시지, 제어 정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 획득할 수 있다.Hereinafter, hardware elements of the wireless device (100, 200) will be described in more detail. Although not limited thereto, one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors (102, 202). For example, one or more processors (102, 202) may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as a physical (PHY) layer, a Media Access Control (MAC) layer, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer, and a Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) layer). One or more processors (102, 202) may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs), one or more Service Data Units (SDUs), messages, control information, data, or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. One or more processors (102, 202) can generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) including PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein and provide the signals to one or more transceivers (106, 206). One or more processors (102, 202) can receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers (106, 206) and obtain PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.

하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 컨트롤러, 마이크로 컨트롤러, 마이크로 프로세서 및/또는 마이크로 컴퓨터로 지칭될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하드웨어, 펌웨어, 소프트웨어, 및/또는 이들의 조합에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 일 예로, 하나 이상의 ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit), 하나 이상의 DSP(Digital Signal Processor), 하나 이상의 DSPD(Digital Signal Processing Device), 하나 이상의 PLD(Programmable Logic Device) 및/또는 하나 이상의 FPGA(Field Programmable Gate Arrays)가 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 포함될 수 있다. 일 예로, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 통신 제어 프로세서, 어플리케이션 프로세서(AP; Application Processor), 전자 제어 장치(ECU; Electronic Control Unit), 중앙 처리 장치(CPU; Central Processing Unit), 그래픽 처리 장치(GPU; Graphic Processing Unit) 및 메모리 제어 프로세서의 집합에 의해 구성될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있고, 다양한 형태의 데이터, 신호, 메시지, 정보, 프로그램, 코드, 지시 및/또는 명령을 저장할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 RAM(Random Access Memory), DRAM(Dynamic RAM), ROM(Read-Only Memory), EPROM(Erasable Programmable ROM), 플래시 메모리, 휘발성 메모리, 비휘발성 메모리, 하드 드라이브, 레지스터, 캐쉬 메모리, 컴퓨터 판독 저장 매체 및/또는 이들의 조합으로 구성될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)의 내부 및/또는 외부에 위치할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 유선 또는 무선 연결과 같은 다양한 기술을 통해 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있다.The one or more processors (102, 202) may be referred to as a controller, a microcontroller, a microprocessor, and/or a microcomputer. The one or more processors (102, 202) may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, and/or a combination thereof. For example, one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), one or more Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), one or more Digital Signal Processing Devices (DSPDs), one or more Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), and/or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) may be included in the one or more processors (102, 202). For example, the one or more processors (102, 202) may be configured by a set of a communication control processor, an Application Processor (AP), an Electronic Control Unit (ECU), a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Graphic Processing Unit (GPU), and a Memory Control Processor. One or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and may store various forms of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions and/or commands. The one or more memories (104, 204) may be configured as random access memory (RAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable ROM (EPROM), flash memory, volatile memory, non-volatile memory, hard drive, register, cache memory, computer readable storage media and/or combinations thereof. The one or more memories (104, 204) may be located internally and/or externally to the one or more processors (102, 202). Additionally, the one or more memories (104, 204) may be coupled to the one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.

하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 다른 장치에게 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 흐름도에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 전송할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 다른 장치로부터 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 흐름도에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있고, 무선 신호를 송수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)가 하나 이상의 다른 장치에게 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호 등을 전송하도록 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)가 하나 이상의 다른 장치로부터 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호 등을 수신하도록 제어할 수 있다.One or more transceivers (106, 206) can transmit user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein to one or more other devices. One or more transceivers (106, 206) can receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein from one or more other devices. For example, one or more transceivers (106, 206) can be coupled to one or more processors (102, 202) and can transmit and receive wireless signals. For example, one or more processors (102, 202) can control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to transmit user data, control information, wireless signals, etc., to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors (102, 202) may control one or more transceivers (106, 206) to receive user data, control information, wireless signals, etc. from one or more other devices.

하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)와 연결될 수 있다. 추가적으로 및/또는 대체적으로, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)를 포함할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)를 통해 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 흐름도에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 송수신하도록 구성될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서, 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)는 복수의 물리 안테나이거나, 복수의 논리 안테나(예: 안테나 포트)일 수 있다.One or more transceivers (106, 206) may be coupled to one or more antennas (108, 208). Additionally and/or alternatively, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include one or more antennas (108, 208). One or more transceivers (106, 206) may be configured to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc., as described in the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein via one or more antennas (108, 208). In the present disclosure, one or more antennas (108, 208) may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (e.g., antenna ports).

하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 수신된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)를 이용하여 처리하기 위해, 수신된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 RF 밴드 신호에서 베이스밴드 신호로 변환할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)를 이용하여 처리된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 베이스밴드 신호에서 RF 밴드 신호로 변환할 수 있다. 이를 위하여, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 (아날로그) 발진기(oscillator) 및/또는 필터를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)의 제어 하에 (아날로그) 발진기 및/또는 필터를 통해 OFDM 베이스밴드 신호를 OFDM 신호로 상향 변환(up-convert)하고, 상향 변환된 OFDM 신호를 반송파 주파수에서 전송할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 반송파 주파수에서 OFDM 신호를 수신하고, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)의 제어 하에 (아날로그) 발진기 및/또는 필터를 통해 OFDM 신호를 OFDM 베이스밴드 신호로 하향 변환(down-convert)할 수 있다.One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from RF band signals to baseband signals in order to process the received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. using one or more processors (102, 202). One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert processed user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. from baseband signals to RF band signals using one or more processors (102, 202). For this purpose, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may include an (analog) oscillator and/or a filter. For example, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may up-convert an OFDM baseband signal to an OFDM signal via an (analog) oscillator and/or filter under the control of one or more processors (102, 202) and transmit the up-converted OFDM signal at a carrier frequency. One or more transceivers (106, 206) may receive an OFDM signal at a carrier frequency and down-convert the OFDM signal to an OFDM baseband signal via an (analog) oscillator and/or filter under the control of one or more processors (102, 202).

도 2에 도시되지는 않았으나, 무선 장치(100, 200)는 추가 구성 요소를 더 포함할 수 있다. 추가 구성 요소(140)는 무선 장치(100, 200)의 유형에 따라 다양하게 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 추가 구성 요소(140)는 동력 장치/배터리, 입출력(I/O) 장치(예: 오디오 I/O 포트, 비디오 I/O 포트), 구동 장치 및 컴퓨팅 장치 중 적어도 하나를 포함할 수 있다. 추가 구성 요소(140)는 유선 또는 무선 연결과 같은 다양한 기술을 통해 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있다.Although not illustrated in FIG. 2, the wireless device (100, 200) may further include additional components. The additional components (140) may be configured in various ways depending on the type of the wireless device (100, 200). For example, the additional components (140) may include at least one of a power unit/battery, an input/output (I/O) device (e.g., an audio I/O port, a video I/O port), a driving device, and a computing device. The additional components (140) may be connected to one or more processors (102, 202) via various technologies, such as a wired or wireless connection.

본 명세서의 구현에서, UE는 상향링크에서 송신 장치로, 하향링크에서 수신 장치로 작동할 수 있다. 본 명세서의 구현에서, 기지국은 UL에서 수신 장치로, DL에서 송신 장치로 동작할 수 있다. 이하에서 기술 상의 편의를 위하여, 제1 무선 장치(100)는 UE로, 제2 무선 장치(200)는 기지국으로 동작하는 것으로 주로 가정한다. 예를 들어, 제1 무선 장치(100)에 연결, 탑재 또는 출시된 프로세서(102)는 본 명세서의 구현에 따라 UE 동작을 수행하거나 본 명세서의 구현에 따라 UE 동작을 수행하도록 송수신기(106)를 제어하도록 구성될 수 있다. 제2 무선 장치(200)에 연결, 탑재 또는 출시된 프로세서(202)는 본 명세서의 구현에 따른 기지국 동작을 수행하거나 본 명세서의 구현에 따른 기지국 동작을 수행하기 위해 송수신기(206)를 제어하도록 구성될 수 있다.In the implementation of this specification, a UE can operate as a transmitter in the uplink and as a receiver in the downlink. In the implementation of this specification, a base station can operate as a receiver in the UL and as a transmitter in the DL. For the sake of convenience of description, it is mainly assumed below that the first wireless device (100) operates as a UE and the second wireless device (200) operates as a base station. For example, a processor (102) connected to, mounted on, or released in the first wireless device (100) can be configured to perform UE operations according to the implementation of this specification or to control a transceiver (106) to perform UE operations according to the implementation of this specification. A processor (202) connected to, mounted on, or released in the second wireless device (200) can be configured to perform base station operations according to the implementation of this specification or to control a transceiver (206) to perform base station operations according to the implementation of this specification.

본 명세서에서, 기지국은 노드 B(Node B), eNode B(eNB), gNB로 불릴 수 있다.In this specification, a base station may be referred to as a Node B, an eNode B (eNB), or a gNB.

도 3은 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 UE의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 3 shows an example of a UE to which the implementation of this specification is applied.

도 3을 참조하면, UE(100)는 도 2의 제1 무선 장치(100)에 대응할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 3, the UE (100) can correspond to the first wireless device (100) of FIG. 2.

UE(100)는 프로세서(102), 메모리(104), 송수신기(106), 하나 이상의 안테나(108), 전원 관리 모듈(141), 배터리(142), 디스플레이(143), 키패드(144), SIM(Subscriber Identification Module) 카드(145), 스피커(146), 마이크(147)를 포함한다.The UE (100) includes a processor (102), memory (104), a transceiver (106), one or more antennas (108), a power management module (141), a battery (142), a display (143), a keypad (144), a SIM (Subscriber Identification Module) card (145), a speaker (146), and a microphone (147).

프로세서(102)는 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 본 명세서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 구현하도록 UE(100)의 하나 이상의 다른 구성 요소를 제어하도록 구성될 수 있다. 무선 인터페이스 프로토콜의 계층은 프로세서(102)에 구현될 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 ASIC, 기타 칩셋, 논리 회로 및/또는 데이터 처리 장치를 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 어플리케이션 프로세서일 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 DSP, CPU(Central Processing Unit), GPU(Graphics Processing Unit), 모뎀(변조 및 복조기) 중 적어도 하나를 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서(102)의 예는 Qualcomm®에서 만든 SNAPDRAGONTM 시리즈 프로세서, Samsung®에서 만든 EXYNOSTM 시리즈 프로세서, Apple®에서 만든 A 시리즈 프로세서, MediaTek®에서 만든 HELIOTM 시리즈 프로세서, Intel®에서 만든 ATOMTM 시리즈 프로세서 또는 대응하는 차세대 프로세서에서 찾을 수 있다.The processor (102) may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein. The processor (102) may be configured to control one or more other components of the UE (100) to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals, methods, and/or flowcharts disclosed herein. A layer of a radio interface protocol may be implemented in the processor (102). The processor (102) may include an ASIC, other chipsets, logic circuits, and/or data processing devices. The processor (102) may be an application processor. The processor (102) may include at least one of a DSP, a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), and a modem (modulator and demodulator). Examples of processors (102) can be found in the SNAPDRAGON TM series processors made by Qualcomm®, the EXYNOS TM series processors made by Samsung®, the A series processors made by Apple®, the HELIO TM series processors made by MediaTek®, the ATOM TM series processors made by Intel®, or their corresponding next-generation processors.

메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)와 동작 가능하도록 결합되며, 프로세서(102)를 작동하기 위한 다양한 정보를 저장한다. 메모리(104)는 ROM, RAM, 플래시 메모리, 메모리 카드, 저장 매체 및/또는 기타 저장 장치를 포함할 수 있다. 구현이 소프트웨어에서 구현될 때, 여기에 설명된 기술은 본 명세서에서 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 작동 흐름도를 수행하는 모듈(예: 절차, 기능 등)을 사용하여 구현될 수 있다. 모듈은 메모리(104)에 저장되고 프로세서(102)에 의해 실행될 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 프로세서(102) 내에 또는 프로세서(102) 외부에 구현될 수 있으며, 이 경우 기술에서 알려진 다양한 방법을 통해 프로세서(102)와 통신적으로 결합될 수 있다.Memory (104) is operatively coupled to the processor (102) and stores various information for operating the processor (102). Memory (104) may include ROM, RAM, flash memory, memory cards, storage media, and/or other storage devices. When the implementation is implemented in software, the techniques described herein may be implemented using modules (e.g., procedures, functions, etc.) that perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. The modules may be stored in memory (104) and executed by the processor (102). Memory (104) may be implemented within the processor (102) or external to the processor (102), in which case it may be communicatively coupled to the processor (102) via various methods known in the art.

송수신기(106)는 프로세서(102)와 동작 가능하도록 결합되며, 무선 신호를 전송 및/또는 수신한다. 송수신기(106)는 송신기와 수신기를 포함한다. 송수신기(106)는 무선 주파수 신호를 처리하기 위한 베이스밴드 회로를 포함할 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108)를 제어하여 무선 신호를 전송 및/또는 수신한다.A transceiver (106) is operably coupled to the processor (102) and transmits and/or receives a radio signal. The transceiver (106) includes a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver (106) may include a baseband circuit for processing a radio frequency signal. The transceiver (106) controls one or more antennas (108) to transmit and/or receive a radio signal.

전원 관리 모듈(141)은 프로세서(102) 및/또는 송수신기(106)의 전원을 관리한다. 배터리(142)는 전원 관리 모듈(141)에 전원을 공급한다. The power management module (141) manages the power of the processor (102) and/or the transceiver (106). The battery (142) supplies power to the power management module (141).

디스플레이(143)는 프로세서(102)에 의해 처리된 결과를 출력한다. 키패드(144)는 프로세서(102)에서 사용할 입력을 수신한다. 키패드(144)는 디스플레이(143)에 표시될 수 있다.The display (143) outputs the results processed by the processor (102). The keypad (144) receives input to be used by the processor (102). The keypad (144) can be displayed on the display (143).

SIM 카드(145)는 IMSI(International Mobile Subscriber Identity)와 관련 키를 안전하게 저장하기 위한 집적 회로이며, 휴대 전화나 컴퓨터와 같은 휴대 전화 장치에서 가입자를 식별하고 인증하는 데에 사용된다. 또한, 많은 SIM 카드에 연락처 정보를 저장할 수도 있다. A SIM card (145) is an integrated circuit that securely stores an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) and associated keys, and is used to identify and authenticate subscribers in mobile devices such as mobile phones and computers. Additionally, many SIM cards can store contact information.

스피커(146)는 프로세서(102)에서 처리한 사운드 관련 결과를 출력한다. 마이크(147)는 프로세서(102)에서 사용할 사운드 관련 입력을 수신한다.The speaker (146) outputs sound-related results processed by the processor (102). The microphone (147) receives sound-related input to be used by the processor (102).

도 4는 본 명세서의 구현이 적용되는 5G 시스템 구조의 예를 나타낸다.Figure 4 shows an example of a 5G system structure to which the implementation of this specification is applied.

5G 시스템(5GS; 5G system) 구조는 다음과 같은 네트워크 기능(NF; Network Function)으로 구성된다.The 5G system (5GS; 5G system) structure consists of the following network functions (NF; Network Function).

- AUSF (Authentication Server Function)- AUSF (Authentication Server Function)

- AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function)-AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function)

- DN (Data Network), 예를 들어 운영자 서비스, 인터넷 접속 또는 타사 서비스- DN (Data Network), for example, operator services, Internet access, or third-party services.

- USDF (Unstructured Data Storage Function)- USDF (Unstructured Data Storage Function)

- NEF (Network Exposure Function)- NEF (Network Exposure Function)

- I-NEF (Intermediate NEF)- I-NEF (Intermediate NEF)

- NRF (Network Repository Function)- NRF (Network Repository Function)

- NSSF (Network Slice Selection Function)- NSSF (Network Slice Selection Function)

- PCF (Policy Control Function)- PCF (Policy Control Function)

- SMF (Session Management Function)- SMF (Session Management Function)

- UDM (Unified Data Management)-UDM (Unified Data Management)

- UDR (Unified Data Repository)-UDR (Unified Data Repository)

- UPF (User Plane Function)- UPF (User Plane Function)

- UCMF (UE radio Capability Management Function)- UCMF (UE radio Capability Management Function)

- AF (Application Function)- AF (Application Function)

- UE (User Equipment)- UE (User Equipment)

- (R)AN ((Radio) Access Network)- (R)AN ((Radio) Access Network)

- 5G-EIR (5G-Equipment Identity Register)- 5G-EIR (5G-Equipment Identity Register)

- NWDAF (Network Data Analytics Function)- NWDAF (Network Data Analytics Function)

- CHF (CHarging Function)- CHF (CHarging Function)

또한, 다음과 같은 네트워크 기능이 고려될 수 있다.Additionally, the following network features may be considered:

- N3IWF (Non-3GPP InterWorking Function)- N3IWF (Non-3GPP InterWorking Function)

- TNGF (Trusted Non-3GPP Gateway Function)- TNGF (Trusted Non-3GPP Gateway Function)

- W-AGF (Wireline Access Gateway Function)- W-AGF (Wireline Access Gateway Function)

도 4는 다양한 네트워크 기능이 어떻게 서로 상호 작용하는지를 보여주는 기준점(reference point) 표현을 사용하여 비로밍(non-roaming) 사례의 5G 시스템 구조를 보여준다.Figure 4 illustrates the 5G system architecture for a non-roaming case using a reference point representation showing how various network functions interact with each other.

도 4에서는 점 대 점 도면의 명확성을 위해, UDSF, NEF 및 NRF는 설명되지 않았다. 그러나 표시된 모든 네트워크 기능은 필요에 따라 UDSF, UDR, NEF 및 NRF와 상호 작용할 수 있다.For clarity of the point-to-point diagram in Figure 4, UDSF, NEF, and NRF are not illustrated. However, all network functions shown can interact with UDSF, UDR, NEF, and NRF as needed.

명확성을 위해, UDR과 다른 NF(예: PCF)와의 연결은 도 4에 도시되지 않는다. 명확성을 위해, NWDAF과 다른 NF(예: PCF)와의 연결은 도 4에 도시되지 않는다.For clarity, the connection between UDR and other NFs (e.g., PCF) is not shown in Fig. 4. For clarity, the connection between NWDAF and other NFs (e.g., PCF) is not shown in Fig. 4.

5G 시스템 구조는 다음과 같은 기준점을 포함한다.The 5G system architecture includes the following benchmarks:

- N1: UE와 AMF 사이의 기준점.- N1: Reference point between UE and AMF.

- N2: (R)AN과 AMF 사이의 기준점.- N2: Reference point between (R)AN and AMF.

- N3: (R)AN과 UPF 사이의 기준점.- N3: Reference point between (R)AN and UPF.

- N4: SMF와 UPF 사이의 기준점.- N4: Reference point between SMF and UPF.

- N6: UPF와 데이터 네트워크 사이의 기준점.- N6: Reference point between UPF and data network.

- N9: 두 UPF 사이의 기준점.- N9: Reference point between two UPFs.

다음의 기준점은 NF의 NF 서비스 간에 존재하는 상호 작용을 보여준다. The following benchmarks illustrate the interactions that exist between NF services in NF.

- N5: PCF와 AF 사이의 기준점.- N5: Reference point between PCF and AF.

- N7: SMF와 PCF 사이의 기준점.- N7: Reference point between SMF and PCF.

- N8: UDM과 AMF 사이의 기준점.- N8: Reference point between UDM and AMF.

- N10: UDM과 SMF 사이의 기준점.- N10: Reference point between UDM and SMF.

- N11: AMF와 SMF 사이의 기준점.- N11: Reference point between AMF and SMF.

- N12: AMF와 AUSF 사이의 기준점.- N12: Reference point between AMF and AUSF.

- N13: UDM과 AUSF 사이의 기준점.- N13: Reference point between UDM and AUSF.

- N14: 두 AMF 사이의 기준점.- N14: Reference point between two AMFs.

- N15: 비로밍 시나리오의 경우 PCF와 AMF 사이의 기준점, 로밍 시나리오의 경우 방문 네트워크의 PCF와 AMF 사이의 기준점.- N15: Reference point between PCF and AMF for non-roaming scenarios, and reference point between PCF and AMF of visited network for roaming scenarios.

- N16: 두 SMF 사이의 기준점(로밍의 경우 방문 네트워크의 SMF와 홈 네트워크의 SMF 사이)- N16: Reference point between two SMFs (in case of roaming, between the SMF of the visited network and the SMF of the home network)

- N22: AMF와 NSSF 사이의 기준점.- N22: Reference point between AMF and NSSF.

경우에 따라, UE를 서비스하기 위해 두 개의 NF를 서로 연결해야 할 수도 있다.In some cases, two NFs may need to be interconnected to serve a UE.

< UE-to-Network Relay >< UE-to-Network Relay >

도 5는 UE-대-네트워크 릴레이(UE-to-Network Relay)의 아키텍처의 예시를 나타낸다.Figure 5 illustrates an example of the architecture of a UE-to-Network Relay.

도 5을 참조하면, UE-대-네트워크 릴레이(UE-to-Network Relay)는 리모트(Remote) UE의 네트워크 연결을 지원한다.Referring to FIG. 5, UE-to-Network Relay supports network connection of a remote UE.

PC5 링크는 UE와 UE-대-네트워크 릴레이 사이의 인터페이스이다. Uu 링크는 UE-대-네트워크 릴레이와 기지국 사이의 인터페이스이다.The PC5 link is the interface between the UE and the UE-to-network relay. The Uu link is the interface between the UE-to-network relay and the base station.

만약 UE가 UE-대-네트워크 릴레이와 PC5 링크를 수립하였다면, 상기 UE는 리모트 UE로 간주된다.If the UE has established a PC5 link with a UE-to-network relay, the UE is considered a remote UE.

UE-to-Network Relay 엔티티는 Remote UE들에 대한 네트워크로의 연결성을 지원하는 기능을 제공할 수 있다. UE-to-Network Relay는 공공 안전서비스 및 상업 서비스(commercial service) (예: interactive service) 모두에 사용될 수 있다.A UE-to-Network Relay entity can provide network connectivity for remote UEs. UE-to-Network Relay can be used for both public safety services and commercial services (e.g., interactive services).

UE(예: 리모트 UE)가 UE-to-Network Relay 로의 PC5 링크를 성공적으로 수립한 경우, UE(예: 리모트 UE)는 특정 UE-to-Network Relay에 대한 Remote UE로 간주될 수 있다. Remote UE는 NG-RAN 커버리지 내에 위치하거나, NG-RAN 커버리지 밖에 위치할 수 있다.When a UE (e.g., a remote UE) successfully establishes a PC5 link to a UE-to-Network Relay, the UE (e.g., a remote UE) may be considered a Remote UE for that particular UE-to-Network Relay. The Remote UE may be located within NG-RAN coverage or outside NG-RAN coverage.

UE-to-Network Relay는 Remote UE와 네트워크 사이의 unicast 트래픽 (UL 및 DL 트래픽)을 중계할(Relay) 수 있다. UE-to-Network Relay는 모든 IP 트래픽을 중계할 수 있는 일반적인 기능을 제공해야 한다.A UE-to-Network Relay can relay unicast traffic (UL and DL traffic) between a remote UE and the network. A UE-to-Network Relay must provide a general function capable of relaying all IP traffic.

Remote UE들과 UE-to-Network Relay들 간의 unicast 트래픽에 대해, 일-대-일 직접 통신(One-to-one Direct Communication)이 사용될 수 있다.For unicast traffic between Remote UEs and UE-to-Network Relays, one-to-one direct communication can be used.

도 6의 예시를 참조하여, L2 U2U Remote UE에 대한 connection establishment 절차를 설명한다.Referring to the example of Fig. 6, the connection establishment procedure for L2 U2U Remote UE is described.

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 6은 본 명세서의 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 U2U 리모트 UE의 연결 수립 절차의 일 예이다.FIG. 6 is an example of a connection establishment procedure of a U2U remote UE according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 6의 예시를 참조하여, L2 U2U 릴레이를 위한 제어 평면 절차의 예시를 설명한다.Referring to the example of Fig. 6, an example of a control plane procedure for L2 U2U relay is described.

L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 사용자 평면 데이터 전송 전에 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE와 엔드투엔드 SL- SRB(Signaling Radio Bearer)/DRB(Data Radio Bearer)를 설정해야 한다.An L2 U2U remote UE must establish an end-to-end SL-SRB (Signaling Radio Bearer)/DRB (Data Radio Bearer) with its peer L2 U2U remote UE before transmitting user plane data.

참고로, 본 명세서의 개시에서 사이드링크 또는 SL은 단말 간 통신의 일 예이며, 본 명세서의 개시의 범위는 사이드링크 또는 SL이라는 용어에 의해 제한되지 않는다. 예를 들어, 본 명세서의 개시의 사이드링크 또는 SL 대신에 단말 간 통신에 관련된 다른 임의의 용어가 사용될 수도 있다. For reference, in the disclosure of this specification, sidelink or SL is an example of terminal-to-terminal communication, and the scope of the disclosure of this specification is not limited by the terms sidelink or SL. For example, any other term related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be used instead of sidelink or SL in the disclosure of this specification.

도 6의 예시에 도시된 상위 레벨 연결 수립 (establishment) 절차는 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE 및 L2 U2U 리모트 UE에 적용될 수 있다:The high-level connection establishment procedure illustrated in the example of Figure 6 can be applied to L2 U2U relay UEs and L2 U2U remote UEs:

1. 검색(discovery) 절차가 수행될 수 있다.1. A discovery procedure can be performed.

예를 들어, L2 U2U 리모트 UE, L2 U2U 릴레이 UE 및 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 검색(discovery) 절차 또는 통합 검색 절차를 수행한다. For example, an L2 U2U remote UE, an L2 U2U relay UE, and a peer L2 U2U remote UE perform a discovery procedure or an integrated discovery procedure.

2a. L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE와 PC5 연결을 수립할 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 선택된 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE와 PC5-RRC 연결을 수립/수정할 수 있다 (예, TS 23.304 V18.0.0에 명시된 대로). 2a. An L2 U2U remote UE can establish a PC5 connection with an L2 U2U relay UE. For example, an L2 U2U remote UE can establish/modify a PC5-RRC connection with a selected L2 U2U relay UE (e.g., as specified in TS 23.304 V18.0.0).

2a. L2 U2U 릴레이 UE는 피어 L2 리모트 릴레이 UE와 PC5 연결을 수립할 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 릴레이 UE는 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE와 PC5-RRC 연결을 수립/수정할 수 있다 (예, TS 23.304 V18.0.0에 명시된 대로). 2a. An L2 U2U relay UE can establish a PC5 connection with a peer L2 remote relay UE. For example, an L2 U2U relay UE can establish/modify a PC5-RRC connection with a peer L2 U2U remote UE (e.g., as specified in TS 23.304 V18.0.0).

3. U2U 릴레이 UE는 RRC 재설정 메시지(예, RRCReconfigurationSidelnk)를 통해 U2U 리모트 UE와 피어 U2U 리모트 UE에게 로컬 ID를 할당할 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 릴레이 UE는 두 개의 로컬 ID를 할당하고, 이는 각 L2 U2U 리모트 UE들에게 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 통해 전달될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나의 로컬 ID는 L2 U2U 리모트 UE를 식별하고, 다른 로컬 ID는 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE를 식별한다. 로컬 ID가 전달될 때, 로컬 ID와 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE의 L2 ID 사이의 연관(예, association)을 만들기 위해 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE의 L2 ID도 U2U 리모트 UE에 전달될 수 있다.3. The U2U relay UE can assign local IDs to the U2U remote UE and the peer U2U remote UE via an RRC reconfiguration message (e.g., RRCReconfigurationSidelink). For example, the L2 U2U relay UE can assign two local IDs, which can be conveyed to each L2 U2U remote UE via an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message. For example, one local ID identifies the L2 U2U remote UE, and the other local ID identifies the peer L2 U2U remote UE. When the local IDs are conveyed, the L2 ID of the peer L2 U2U remote UE can also be conveyed to the U2U remote UE to create an association (e.g., association) between the local IDs and the L2 ID of the peer L2 U2U remote UE.

4. 엔드-투-엔드 PC5 연결 수립이 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE를 통해 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE와 엔드 투 엔드 PC5-RRC 연결을 수립할 수 있다. 종단간 연결 수립을 위해 종단간 SL-SRB 0/1/2/3에 각각 고정 인덱스(즉, 0/1/2/3)가 정의되고, 각 홉에서 지정된 PC5 Relay RLC 채널 설정이 사용된다. 사이드링크 UE 기능은 PC5-RRC(예: SL-SRB3) 메시지를 통해 L2 U2U 리모트 UE 간에 교환될 수 있다. 4. End-to-end PC5 connection establishment can be performed. For example, an L2 U2U remote UE can establish an end-to-end PC5-RRC connection with a peer L2 U2U remote UE via an L2 U2U relay UE. For end-to-end connection establishment, fixed indices (i.e., 0/1/2/3) are defined for end-to-end SL-SRB 0/1/2/3, respectively, and the designated PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration is used at each hop. Sidelink UE functions can be exchanged between L2 U2U remote UEs via PC5-RRC (e.g., SL-SRB3) messages.

5. L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 엔드투엔드 QoS에 관련된 정보를 릴레이 UE에게 전송할 수 있다. L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 PC5-RRC를 통해 엔드투엔드 QoS 플로우에 대한 모든 QoS 프로파일을 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE로 전송할 수 있다. .5. L2 U2U remote UE can send information related to end-to-end QoS to relay UE. L2 U2U remote UE can send all QoS profiles for end-to-end QoS flow to L2 U2U relay UE via PC5-RRC.

6. L2 U2U 릴레이 UE는 PDB에 대해서만 QoS 분할(split)을 수행할 수 있다.6. L2 U2U relay UE can perform QoS split only for PDB.

7. U2U 릴레이는 스플릿 QoS에 관련된 정보를 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수 있다.7. U2U relay can transmit information related to split QoS to remote UE.

예를 들어, L2 U2U 릴레이 UE는 PC5-RRC 메시지를 통해 분할된 QoS 값(즉, PDB)을 L2 U2U 리모트 UE로 전송할 수 있다. For example, an L2 U2U relay UE can send a segmented QoS value (i.e., PDB) to an L2 U2U remote UE via a PC5-RRC message.

8. 단말간 통신에 관련된 엔트-투-엔드 RRC 재설정이 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 리모트 UE 또는 L2 U2U 리모트 UE의 서빙 gNB는 종단간 SL-DRB를 위한 PDCP 및 SDAP 설정을 도출하고 종단간 RRCRecfigurationSidelink 메시지를 사용하여 수신과 관련된 설정의 일부를 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE에게 제공할 수 있다. SL-SRB 및 SL-DRB에 대한 엔드투엔드 베어러 ID는 PDCP에서 L2 U2U 릴레이 암호화 및 복호화를 위한 입력으로 사용될 수 있다.8. End-to-end RRC reconfiguration related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be performed. For example, the L2 U2U remote UE or the serving gNB of the L2 U2U remote UE may derive PDCP and SDAP configurations for the end-to-end SL-DRB and provide some of the configurations related to reception to the peer L2 U2U remote UE using the end-to-end RRCRecfigurationSidelink message. The end-to-end bearer IDs for the SL-SRB and SL-DRB may be used as inputs for L2 U2U relay encryption and decryption in PDCP.

9a. 단말간 통신에 관련된 RRC 재설정이 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 리모트 UE 의 서빙 gNB 또는 L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 SL-DRB 에 대한 첫 번째 홉 설정(예: PC5 릴레이 RLC 채널 설정)을 도출하고, 홉별 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 사용하여 첫 번째 홉에서의 수신과 관련된 설정(즉, 릴레이 UE 에 의한 Rx)을 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE 에 제공할 수 있다.9a. RRC reconfiguration related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be performed. For example, the serving gNB of the L2 U2U remote UE or the L2 U2U remote UE may derive the first-hop configuration for the SL-DRB (e.g., PC5 relay RLC channel configuration) and provide the L2 U2U relay UE with the configuration related to reception on the first hop (i.e., Rx by the relay UE) using a hop-by-hop RRCReconfigurationSidelink message.

9b. 단말간 통신에 관련된 RRC 재설정이 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, L2 U2U 릴레이 UE의 서빙 gNB 또는 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE는 각 SL-DRB 에 대한 두 번째 홉 설정(예: PC5 릴레이 RLC 채널 설정)을 도출하고, 홉별 RRCRecfigurationSidelink 메시지를 사용하여 두 번째 홉(즉, 피어 리모트 UE의 RX)에서 데이터 패킷 수신과 관련된 설정을 피어 L2 U2U Remote UE에게 제공한다.9b. RRC reconfiguration related to terminal-to-terminal communication may be performed. For example, the serving gNB of the L2 U2U relay UE or the L2 U2U relay UE derives the second-hop configuration (e.g., PC5 relay RLC channel configuration) for each SL-DRB and provides the configuration related to receiving data packets at the second hop (i.e., RX of the peer remote UE) to the peer L2 U2U Remote UE using the hop-by-hop RRCRecfigurationSidelink message.

참고로, 도 6의 예시에서 첫번째 홉은 U2U 리모트 UE와 U2U 릴레이 UE 사이에 관련되고, 두번째 홉은 U2U 릴레이 UE와 피어 U2U 리모트 UE 사이에 관련될 수 있다.For reference, in the example of FIG. 6, the first hop may be related between a U2U remote UE and a U2U relay UE, and the second hop may be related between a U2U relay UE and a peer U2U remote UE.

10. L2 U2U 리모트 UE와 피어 L2 U2U 리모트 UE는 L2 U2U 릴레이 UE를 통해 데이터를 전송하고 수신할 수 있다.10. L2 U2U remote UE and peer L2 U2U remote UE can transmit and receive data through L2 U2U relay UE.

UE-to-네트워크 릴레이 디스커버리의 예시를 설명한다.Describes an example of UE-to-network relay discovery.

UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리는 공공 안전 사용 및 상용 서비스를 위한 레이어 3 및 레이어 2 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리에 모두 적용 가능하다. 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리를 수행하기 위해 리모트 UE 및 UE-to-Network 릴레이는 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.0.0 S5.1에 설명된 대로 관련 정보로 미리-설정되거나 또는 프로비저닝될 수 있다.UE-to-Network Relay Discovery is applicable to both Layer 3 and Layer 2 UE-to-Network Relay Discovery for public safety and commercial services. To perform 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay Discovery, remote UEs and UE-to-Network Relays can be pre-configured or provisioned with relevant information as described in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.0.0 S5.1.

UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리에서 UE는 릴레이 디스커버리 절차에 미리 설정된 정보 또는 프로비저닝된 정보를 사용할 수 있다.In UE-to-Network relay discovery, the UE can use preset or provisioned information for the relay discovery procedure.

Relay Service Code (RSC)는 UE-네트워크 릴레이 디스커버리에 사용되며, UE-네트워크 릴레이가 Remote UE 에 제공하는 연결 서비스를 나타낸다. 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4에 정의된 대로 RSC (긴급 서비스를 위한 전용 RSC 포함)는 UE-네트워크 릴레이 및 리모트 UE 에 설정될 수 있다. UE-to-Network 릴레이 및 리모트 UE 는 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4에 명시된 정책에 따라 RSC 가 레이어-2 또는 레이어-3 UE-to-Network 릴레이 서비스를 제공하는지 여부 및 긴급 서비스용 RSC 인지 여부를 인지할 수 있다. 다수의 RSC를 지원하는 UE-to-Network 릴레이는 다수의 디스커버리 메시지를 사용하여 디스커버리 메시지당 하나의 RSC를 사용하여 RSC를 알릴 수 있다.A Relay Service Code (RSC) is used in UE-to-Network Relay discovery and indicates the connection service that a UE-to-Network Relay provides to a Remote UE. As defined in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4, RSCs (including dedicated RSCs for emergency services) can be configured in the UE-to-Network Relay and the Remote UE. The UE-to-Network Relay and the Remote UE can be aware of whether an RSC provides Layer-2 or Layer-3 UE-to-Network Relay services and whether it is an RSC for emergency services, according to the policies specified in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4. A UE-to-Network Relay that supports multiple RSCs can advertise the RSCs using multiple discovery messages, one RSC per discovery message.

3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.8.3.1에 정의된 "릴레이 디스커버리 추가 정보" 유형의 단일 또는 별도의 디스커버리 메시지로 PC5-D 프로토콜 스택을 사용하여, 디스커버리에 직접 사용되지 않는 추가 정보가 광고될 수도 있다.Additional information not directly used for discovery may be advertised using the PC5-D protocol stack as a single or separate discovery message of type "Relay Discovery Additional Information" as defined in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.8.3.1.

이하에서, 도 7 및 도 8을 참조하여, 모델 A 디스커버리 절차 및 모델 B 디스커버리 절차의 예시들을 설명한다.Below, examples of the Model A discovery procedure and the Model B discovery procedure are described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8.

예를 들어, 모델 A는 단방향 디스커버리 절차일 수 있다. 모델 A에 따르면, 'Announcing UE'가 자신의 존재와 제공 가능한 서비스를 알리는 디스커버리 메시지를 주기적으로 브로드캐스트할 수 있다. 이 메시지를 수신한 'Monitoring UE'는 해당 정보를 활용하여 'Announcing UE'와 직접 통신을 설정할 수 있다. For example, Model A may be a unidirectional discovery procedure. According to Model A, an "Announcing UE" may periodically broadcast a discovery message announcing its presence and available services. A "Monitoring UE" that receives this message can utilize this information to establish direct communication with the "Announcing UE."

예를 들어, 모델 B는 양방향 디스커버리 절차일 수 있다. 모델 B에 따르면, 'Discoverer UE'가 특정 서비스를 요청하는 질의 메시지를 브로드캐스트하면, 이를 수신한 'Discoveree UE'가 응답 메시지를 통해 자신의 존재와 서비스를 알릴 수 있다. 이러한 상호작용을 통해 Discoverer UE는 적합한 Discoveree UE를 찾아 직접 통신을 설정할 수 있다. For example, Model B may be a two-way discovery procedure. According to Model B, a "Discoverer UE" broadcasts a query message requesting a specific service, and the "Discoveree UE" that receives the message can announce its presence and service through a response message. Through this interaction, the Discoverer UE can locate a suitable Discoveree UE and establish direct communication.

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 7는 모델 A에 따른 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figure 7 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model A.

모델 A를 사용한 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 예시를 설명한다. 도 7는 모델 A를 사용한 UE-to-Network 디스커버리 절차의 일 예이다.An example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure using Model A is described. Figure 7 is an example of a UE-to-Network discovery procedure using Model A.

1. UE-to-Network 릴레이가 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 발표(Announcement) 메시지를 전송할 수 있다. UE-to-Network 릴레이 Discovery Announcement 메시지는 Discovery 메시지 유형, Announcer 정보 및 RSC 를 포함할 수 있다. UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 발표 메시지는 Source Layer-2 ID 와 Destination Layer-2 ID에 기초하여 전송될 수 있다.1. The UE-to-Network relay can send a UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message. The UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message can include a discovery message type, announcer information, and RSC. The UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message can be sent based on the source layer-2 ID and the destination layer-2 ID.

5G Proximity based Services (ProSe) 레이어 3 UE-to-Network 릴레이의 경우, RSC 와 연관된 S-NSSAI 가 UE-to-Network 릴레이의 허용된 NSSAI 에 속하는 경우에만, 레이어 3 UE-to-Network 릴레이는 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 발표 메시지에 RSC 를 포함시킬 수 있다.For 5G Proximity based Services (ProSe) Layer 3 UE-to-Network relay, the Layer 3 UE-to-Network relay may include the RSC in the UE-to-Network relay discovery announcement message only if the S-NSSAI associated with the RSC belongs to the allowed NSSAIs of the UE-to-Network relay.

리모트 UE1 내지 리모트 UE3는 신호 수신을 위한 목적지(Destination) 레이어-2 ID를 결정할 수 있다.Remote UE1 to remote UE3 can determine a destination layer-2 ID for signal reception.

리모트 UE1 내지 리모트 UE3는 원하는 서비스에 해당하는 UE-to-Network RSC에 기초하여, 발표 메시지를 모니터링할 수 있다.Remote UE1 to remote UE3 can monitor announcement messages based on the UE-to-Network RSC corresponding to the desired service.

선택적으로, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이는 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S6.5.1.3에 정의된 대로 릴레이 디스커버리 추가 정보 메시지를 전송할 수도 있다. 이 메시지에 포함된 파라미터와 메시지 송수신에 사용되는 소스 레이어-2 ID 및 목적지 레이어-2 ID는 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 5.8.3 절에 설명된다.Optionally, the 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay may also send a Relay Discovery Additional Information message as defined in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S6.5.1.3. The parameters included in this message and the source Layer-2 ID and destination Layer-2 ID used to send and receive the message are described in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 Section 5.8.3.

리모트 UE는 1단계에서 수신한 정보에 기초하여, UE-to-Network 릴레이를 선택할 수 있다.The remote UE can select a UE-to-Network relay based on the information received in step 1.

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 8은 모델 B에 따른 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figure 8 illustrates an example of a UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure according to Model B.

모델 B를 사용한 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 예시를 설명한다. 도 8은 모델 B를 사용한 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 절차의 일 예이다.An example of a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure using Model B is described. FIG. 8 is an example of a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay discovery procedure using Model B.

1. 리모트 UE가 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 요청 메시지를 전송할 수 있다. 5G ProSe UE-to-네트워크 디스커버리 요청 메시지는 Discovery 메시지 유형, 디스커버러(discoverer: 발견자 또는 탐색 수행자) 정보, RSC 및 선택적으로 Target 정보를 포함하며, 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.8.3에 설명된 소스 레이어-2 ID 및 대상 레이어-2 ID 를 사용하여 전송될 수 있다. 5G ProSe UE-to-네트워크 릴레이를 디스커버하려는 리모트 UE가, 원하는 연결 서비스와 연관된 RSC 가 포함된 요청 메시지를 전송할 수 있다. RSC 는 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4.1에 명시된 정책/파라미터에 기초할 수 있다.1. A remote UE may send a UE-to-Network Relay Discovery Request message. The 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Discovery Request message includes a Discovery message type, discoverer information, an RSC, and optionally, target information, and may be sent using the source layer-2 ID and target layer-2 ID described in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.8.3. A remote UE that wishes to discover a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay may send a request message including an RSC associated with the desired connection service. The RSC may be based on policies/parameters specified in 3GPP TS 23.304 V18.4.0 S5.1.4.1.

2. 요청 메시지에 포함된 RSC 가 5G ProSe UE-to-네트워크 릴레이의 (미리-)설정된 RSC 와 매칭되고, 요청 메시지에 포함된 타겟 정보가 있는 경우, 타겟 정보가 5G ProSe UE-to-네트워크 릴레이와 매칭되면, 5G ProSe UE-to-네트워크 릴레이(예: 릴레이1 및 릴레이2)는 UE-to-네트워크 릴레이 디스커버리 응답 메시지를 통해 5G ProSe 리모트 UE 에 응답할 수 있다. 5G ProSe UE-to-네트워크 릴레이 디스커버리 응답 메시지는 디스커버리 메시지 유형, 디스커버리(discoveree: 디스커버리 대상자 또는 탐색 대상자) 정보 및 RSC 를 포함하며, 소스 레이어-2 ID 와 대상 레이어-2 ID 를 사용하여 전송될 수 있다.2. If the RSC included in the request message matches a (pre-)configured RSC of the 5G ProSe UE-to-network relay, and if there is target information included in the request message, and if the target information matches the 5G ProSe UE-to-network relay, the 5G ProSe UE-to-network relay (e.g., relay 1 and relay 2) may respond to the 5G ProSe remote UE with a UE-to-network relay discovery response message. The 5G ProSe UE-to-network relay discovery response message includes a discovery message type, discovery (discoveree) information, and RSC, and may be transmitted using a source layer-2 ID and a target layer-2 ID.

Layer-3 UE-to-Network 릴레이의 경우, RSC와 연결된 S-NSSAI 가 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이의 허용된 NSSAI 에 속하는 경우에만, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이는 UE-to-Network 릴레이 디스커버리 요청 메시지내의 매칭되는 RSC 에 응답할 수 있다.For Layer-3 UE-to-Network relays, a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay can respond to the matching RSC in the UE-to-Network Relay Discovery Request message only if the S-NSSAI associated with the RSC belongs to the allowed NSSAI of the 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay.

5G ProSe 리모트 UE는 단계 2에서 수신한 정보에 기초하여 5G ProSe UE-to-Network 릴레이를 선택할 수 있다.The 5G ProSe remote UE can select a 5G ProSe UE-to-Network relay based on the information received in step 2.

5GS가 ProSe (Proximity based Services)를 지원하기 위한 추가적인 방안이 논의될 필요가 있다.Additional measures need to be discussed for 5GS to support ProSe (Proximity based Services).

예를 들어, 근접 서비스를 지원하기 위한 5G 시스템 개선 사항이 추가로 논의될 필요가 있다. 예를 들어, NR PC5 레퍼런스 포인트를 통한 멀티홉을 지원하도록 ProSe가 개선될 필요가 있다. 멀티 홉은 UE-to-네트워크 릴레이를 위해, 및/또는 UE-to-UE 릴레이를 위해 지원될 필요가 있다. For example, further 5G system enhancements to support proximity services need to be discussed. For example, ProSe needs to be enhanced to support multi-hop over the NR PC5 reference point. Multi-hop support is needed for UE-to-network relay and/or UE-to-UE relay.

또한 다음과 같은 Wayforward (RP-233998, Way forward on SL Multi-hop Relay ) 및 WID 문서(RP-241609)가 승인되었다. 이에 따라 RAN Working group 또한 5GS에서 ProSe (Proximity based Services)를 지원하기 위한 추가적인 방안이 논의될 필요가 있다.Additionally, the following Wayforward (RP-233998, Way forward on SL Multi-hop Relay) and WID document (RP-241609) were approved. Accordingly, the RAN Working Group also needs to discuss additional measures to support ProSe (Proximity-based Services) in 5GS.

예를 들어, NR SL 멀티홉 릴레이 작업이 지원될 필요가 있다.For example, NR SL multi-hop relay operation needs to be supported.

예를 들어, NR SL 멀티홉 릴레이 작업에 관련하여, 다음 사항 중 하나 이상 논의될 필요가 있다:For example, in relation to NR SL multihop relay operation, one or more of the following needs to be discussed:

- 예를 들어, L2 U2N SL 릴레이(SL 릴레이 UE를 통한 단일 간접 U2N 경로만 지원됨)가 논의될 필요가 있다.- For example, L2 U2N SL Relay (only single indirect U2N path via SL Relay UE is supported) needs to be discussed.

- 예를 들어, 하나의 추가 홉 릴레이를 지정하는 것(즉, Rel-18 위에)으로 시작하여 두 개의 추가 홉 릴레이로의 확장이 논의될 필요가 있다.- For example, starting with specifying one additional hop relay (i.e. on top of Rel-18), expansion to two additional hop relays needs to be discussed.

- 예를 들어, 두 개의 추가 홉 릴레이를 지원하고 향후 추가 릴레이 확장을 위해 앞으로 호환되는 솔루션이 논의될 필요가 있다. - For example, a forward-compatible solution needs to be discussed to support two additional hop relays and allow for future expansion of additional relays.

이에 따라, Multi-hop UE-to-Network relaying에서 service continuity를 지원하는 방안이 필요하다.Accordingly, a method to support service continuity in multi-hop UE-to-Network relaying is needed.

종래 기술에 따르면, Remote UE가 Relay UE를 통해 기지국에 접속하여 서비스를 제공받는 U2N Relay를 지원하는 방안이 논의되었다. 또한, Remote UE가 기지국과의 Uu link를 이용하는 direct path 및 Relay UE와의 PC5 link를 이용하는 indirect path를 통해 네트워크로부터 서비스를 제공받는 Multi-path relay를 지원하는 방안이 논의되었다. 또한, Remote UE가 Relay UE를 통해 또 다른 Remote UE에 연결되는 U2U Relay를 지원하는 방안이 논의되었다.In the prior art, a method has been discussed to support U2N Relay, in which a Remote UE accesses a base station via a Relay UE to receive services. Furthermore, a method has been discussed to support Multi-path Relay, in which a Remote UE receives services from the network via a direct path using a Uu link with a base station and an indirect path using a PC5 link with a Relay UE. Furthermore, a method has been discussed to support U2U Relay, in which a Remote UE connects to another Remote UE via a Relay UE.

하지만, 종래 기술에서, relay에 관련된 방안은, single hop 상황만을 고려하고 있으므로, 종래 기술에 따르면 Remote UE의 coverage extension에 한계가 발생한다는 문제가 있다.However, in the prior art, the relay-related scheme only considers a single hop situation, so there is a problem that the coverage extension of the remote UE is limited according to the prior art.

리모트 UE의 커버리지 확장에 한계가 존재한다는 문제를 해결하기 위해, n개의 릴레이가 참여할 수 있는 multi-hop 릴레이를 지원할 필요가 있다. 하지만, 종래기술에 따르면, multi-hop 릴레이를 효과적으로 지원하는 방안이 없다는 문제가 있다.To address the limitation of expanding the coverage of remote UEs, multi-hop relaying, in which n relays can participate, is required. However, conventional technology lacks a method for effectively supporting multi-hop relaying.

예를 들어, multi-hop 릴레이 상황에서 서비스 연속성이 보장되지 않는다는 문제가 있다. For example, there is a problem that service continuity is not guaranteed in a multi-hop relay situation.

이에 따라, PC5 link(s) 및/또는 Uu link quality 등의 변화로 Multi-hop relay 상황에서, 경로 스위칭에 기초하여 리모트 UE에 대한 서비스 연속성을 제공할 필요가 있다. 예를 들어, 경로 스위칭은 multi-hop 릴레이 상황에서 direct path 또는 single hop indirect path로 path switching, 또는 그 반대로의 path switching을 포함할 수 있다. 이하에서, Remote UE에 대한 서비스 연속성을 제공하는 방안의 다양한 예시가 설명될 수 있다.Accordingly, in a multi-hop relay situation, due to changes in PC5 link(s) and/or Uu link quality, it is necessary to provide service continuity to remote UEs based on path switching. For example, path switching may include switching from a multi-hop relay situation to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path, or vice versa. Various examples of methods for providing service continuity to remote UEs are described below.

본 명세서의 다양한 예시에 따르면, Direct path 또는 Single hop indirect path에서 Multi-hop indirect path로의 path switching, 또는 Multi-hop indirect path에서 Direct path 또는 Single hop indirect path로의 path switching이 지원될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 경로 스위칭을 지원하기 위한 U2N Remote UE에게 measurement configuration을 설정/할당하는 방법이 설명될 수 있다.According to various examples of this specification, path switching from a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path, or from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path, may be supported. For example, a method for setting/assigning a measurement configuration to a U2N Remote UE to support path switching may be described.

예를 들어, U2N Remote UE는 Multi-hop indirect path에 관여한 각각의 U2N Relay UE와의 Discovery 과정 또는 communication 절차를 통해, 각각의 PC5 link에 대한 link quality를 측정할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE는 각각의 PC5 link에 대해 측정된 link quality를 포함하는 measurement results를 기지국에게 보고할 수 있다.For example, a U2N Remote UE can measure the link quality of each PC5 link through a discovery process or communication procedure with each U2N Relay UE involved in a multi-hop indirect path. The U2N Remote UE can report measurement results, including the measured link quality for each PC5 link, to the base station.

예를 들어, 기지국은 measurement results에 기초하여, 새로운 Multi-hop indirect path로의 path switching을 결정할 수 있다. 기지국은 새로운 Multi-hop indirect path을 생성할 때 필요한 정보 (e.g., 특정 Bearer에 대한 egress PC5/Uu Relay RLC channel로의 mapping/routing 정보, PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration 정보, Local IDs for U2N Remote UE and Last hop U2N Relay 등)를 할당/설정할 수 있다. 참고로, egress는 노드(예, 리모트 UE 또는 릴레이 UE)로부터 나가는 방향을 의미하고, ingress는 노드(예, 리모트 UE 또는 릴레이 UE)로 들어오는 방향을 의미할 수 있다. 예를 들어, egress PC5/Uu Relay RLC 채널은 특정 relay/remote UE가 신호를 다른 relay UE/remote UE로 전송할 때 송신 쪽에서 활용하는 RLC 채널을 의미할 수 있다.For example, the base station can decide to switch to a new multi-hop indirect path based on the measurement results. The base station can allocate/configure the information required to create a new multi-hop indirect path (e.g., mapping/routing information to the egress PC5/Uu Relay RLC channel for a specific bearer, PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration information, Local IDs for U2N Remote UE and Last hop U2N Relay, etc.). For reference, egress may refer to the direction going out from a node (e.g., a remote UE or a relay UE), and ingress may refer to the direction coming into a node (e.g., a remote UE or a relay UE). For example, the egress PC5/Uu Relay RLC channel may refer to an RLC channel used by a specific relay/remote UE on the transmitting side when transmitting a signal to another relay UE/remote UE.

본 명세서에서 UE (User Equipment)와 단말을 동일한 의미의 용어로 사용한다.In this specification, UE (User Equipment) and terminal are used as terms with the same meaning.

또한, UE-to-Network Relay, ProSe UE-to-Network Relay, Relay, Relay UE, UE-NW Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-NW Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay UE, U2N Relay, U2N Relay UE 등을 동일한 의미의 용어로 사용한다.Also, terms such as UE-to-Network Relay, ProSe UE-to-Network Relay, Relay, Relay UE, UE-NW Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-NW Relay, 5G ProSe UE-to-Network Relay UE, U2N Relay, U2N Relay UE, etc. are used with the same meaning.

또한, Remote UE, 5G Remote UE, 5G ProSe Remote UE, U2N Remote UE 등을 동일한 의미의 용어로 사용한다.Additionally, Remote UE, 5G Remote UE, 5G ProSe Remote UE, U2N Remote UE, etc. are used as terms with the same meaning.

또한, UE-to-Network Relay가 아닌 UE는 Remote UE로 지칭할 수도 있고 그냥 UE로 지칭할 수도 있다.Additionally, a UE that is not a UE-to-Network Relay may be referred to as a Remote UE or simply as a UE.

본 명세서에서 Remote UE에게 네트워크 연결 서비스를 제공하기 위해, Remote UE와 기지국과 직접 연결되는 U2N Relay 사이의 path 상에 위치하는 U2N Relay를 Intermediate U2N Relay라 지칭할 수 있다.In this specification, in order to provide network connection services to a Remote UE, a U2N Relay located on a path between a Remote UE and a U2N Relay directly connected to a base station may be referred to as an Intermediate U2N Relay.

본 명세서의 다양한 예시에 따르면, U2N (UE-to-Network) Relay에 관련된 설명은 Layer-2 U2N Relay를 기준으로 작성되었으나, 이는 예시에 불과하다. 다시 말해, 본 명세서의 다양한 예시에 따른 U2N 릴레이에 관련된 설명은 모든 종류의 UE-to-Network Relay (예, Layer-2 UE-to-Network Relay, Layer-3 UE-to-Network Relay)에 대해 적용될 수 있다.According to various examples in this specification, the description related to U2N (UE-to-Network) Relay is written based on Layer-2 U2N Relay, but this is only an example. In other words, the description related to U2N Relay according to various examples in this specification can be applied to all types of UE-to-Network Relay (e.g., Layer-2 UE-to-Network Relay, Layer-3 UE-to-Network Relay).

또한 본 명세서의 다양한 예시는 U2N Relay를 중심으로 작성되었으나, 이는 예시에 불과하다. 예를 들어, 본 명세서의 다양한 예시에서, U2N Remote UE와 last hop에 위치한 U2N Relay (즉, 기지국과 직접 연결되는 U2N Relay) 사이의 구간에 대해 작성된 내용은 Multi-hop UE-to-UE relay operataion에도 적용될 수 있다.Additionally, while various examples in this specification focus on U2N Relays, these are merely examples. For example, the sections described in various examples in this specification for the section between a U2N Remote UE and a U2N Relay located at the last hop (i.e., a U2N Relay directly connected to a base station) can also be applied to multi-hop UE-to-UE relay operations.

본 명세서에서 PC5 connection은 PC5 unicast link, Sidelink unicast link, unicast link, unicast 연결 등과 동일한 의미의 용어로 사용될 수 있다. In this specification, PC5 connection may be used as a term with the same meaning as PC5 unicast link, Sidelink unicast link, unicast link, unicast connection, etc.

본 명세서에서는, 종래 기술과 달리 본 명세서의 개시의 다양한 예씨에서 제안하는 내용을 중심으로 설명하며, 종래 기술과 동일한 내용/동작에 대해서는 설명을 생략하기로 한다. 예를 들어, ProSe 관련 동작 및 절차에 대해서는 기본적으로 TS 23.304 V18.0.0, TS 24.554 V18.0.0, TS 33.536 V18.0.0, TS 33.503 V18.2.0, TS 38.300 V18.0.0, TS 38.401 V18.0.0, TS 38.331 V18.0.0, TS 38.351 V18.0.0 등을 참고하기로 한다.In this specification, unlike the prior art, the description focuses on the contents proposed in various examples of the disclosure of this specification, and the description of the same contents/operations as the prior art will be omitted. For example, with regard to ProSe-related operations and procedures, reference will basically be made to TS 23.304 V18.0.0, TS 24.554 V18.0.0, TS 33.536 V18.0.0, TS 33.503 V18.2.0, TS 38.300 V18.0.0, TS 38.401 V18.0.0, TS 38.331 V18.0.0, TS 38.351 V18.0.0, etc.

본 명세서의 개시의 다양한 예시에서 제안하는 Multi-hop UE-to-Network relaying을 지원하는 방안은 이하의 설명 중 중 하나 이상의 동작/구성/단계의 조합으로 구성될 수 있다.The method for supporting multi-hop UE-to-network relaying proposed in various examples of the disclosure of this specification may be composed of a combination of one or more of the operations/configurations/steps described below.

아래에서 설명된 AMF와 NG-RAN 간의 NG 메시지들에 대해, 일부 NG 메시지에 대해, 새로운 NG 메시지가 정의되어 사용될 수도 있다. 또한, 아래에서 기술된 NG-RAN과 단말 간의 RRC message들에서 일부 RRC 메시지에 대해, 새로운 RRC message가 정의되어 사용될 수도 있다.For the NG messages between AMF and NG-RAN described below, new NG messages may be defined and used for some NG messages. Additionally, for some RRC messages between NG-RAN and UE described below, new RRC messages may be defined and used.

본 명세서의 개시의 다양한 예시에 따른 절차들에서, 어떤 step들은 동시에/병렬적으로 수행될 수도 있고, 서로 바뀐 순서로 수행될 수도 있다.In the procedures according to the various examples of the disclosure of this specification, certain steps may be performed concurrently/in parallel or may be performed in a reversed order.

본 명세서의 개시의 다양한 예시에 제안한 indication, parameter, 정보의 명칭은 예시이며, indication, parameter, 정보의 명칭은 제안한 절차/목적/방식을 위해 다른 명칭으로 대치되어 해석될 수도 있다.The names of indications, parameters, and information suggested in various examples of the disclosure of this specification are examples, and the names of indications, parameters, and information may be interpreted as being replaced with other names for the proposed procedure/purpose/method.

참고로, 본 명세서의 개시의 다양한 예시에서, 리모트 UE는 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 기지국과 RRC 연결 수립 절차를 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 릴레이 UE를 거쳐 RRC 셋업 요청 메시지를 전송하고, 기지국으로부터 릴레이 UE를 거쳐 RRC 셋업 메시지를 수신할 수 있다. For reference, in various examples disclosed herein, a remote UE may perform an RRC connection establishment procedure with a base station via a relay UE. For example, the remote UE may transmit an RRC setup request message via the relay UE and receive an RRC setup message from the base station via the relay UE.

1. 본 명세서의 개시의 제1예1. First example of disclosure of this specification

본 명세서의 개시의 제1예에서, 멀티-홉 간접 경로에서 직접 경로 또는 단일 홉 간접 경로로 경로 스위칭하는 예시를 설명한다.In the first example of the disclosure of this specification, an example of path switching from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path is described.

본 명세서의 개시의 제1예에서, U2N Relay UE#3 (예, 3-hop U2N Relay UE)에 대한 설명 또는 동작은 2-hop 또는 그 이상의 hop의 U2N Relay UE (즉, intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE)에도 적용될 수 있다.In the first example of the disclosure of this specification, the description or operation for U2N Relay UE#3 (e.g., 3-hop U2N Relay UE) may also be applied to a 2-hop or more hop U2N Relay UE (i.e., an intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE).

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 9a 및 도 9b는 본 명세서의 개시의 제1예에 따른 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다. Figures 9a and 9b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the first example of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 9a 및 도 9b를 참조하여, 멀티-홉 간접 경로에서 직접 경로 또는 단일-홉 간접 경로로 경로 스위칭하기 위한 절차의 예시를 설명한다.Referring to FIGS. 9a and 9b, an example of a procedure for path switching from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path is described.

Step 0: U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, 그리고 U2N Relay UE#3을 통해 기지국과 연결된다고 가정한다. 따라서, U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3을 거쳐 UL/DL data를 전송하거나 수신할 수 있다.Step 0: Assume that the U2N Remote UE is connected to the base station via U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3. Therefore, the U2N Remote UE can transmit or receive UL/DL data via U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3.

Step 1: 기지국(예, NG-RAN)이 U2N 리모트 UE에게 측정 설정을 전송할 수 있다. U2N 리모트 UE는 측정 설정에 기초하여, 측정을 수행하고, 측정 결과를 기지국에게 보고할 수 있다.Step 1: The base station (e.g., NG-RAN) can transmit measurement settings to the U2N remote UE. The U2N remote UE can perform measurements based on the measurement settings and report the measurement results to the base station.

예를 들어, 기지국(예, NG-RAN)이 설정/할당(Step 1a)한 measurement configuration 에 기초하여 U2N Remote UE는 measurement을 수행(Step 1b)한 후, U2N Remote UE는 기지국으로 measurement results를 보고(Step 1c)할 수 있다.For example, based on the measurement configuration set/allocated (Step 1a) by the base station (e.g., NG-RAN), the U2N Remote UE can perform measurement (Step 1b), and then report the measurement results to the base station (Step 1c).

단계 1은 단계 1a 내지 단계 1c를 포함할 수 있다. 이하에서, 단계 1a 내지 단계 1c를 설명한다.Step 1 may include steps 1a to 1c. Steps 1a to 1c are described below.

Step 1a: 기지국은 U2N Remote UE의 connected mode mobility를 지원하기 위해 U2N Remote UE에게 measurement configuration을 설정/할당할 수 있다. 기지국은 측정 설정을 U2N 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수 있다.Step 1a: The base station can set/assign a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE to support connected mode mobility of the U2N Remote UE. The base station can transmit the measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE.

단계 1a에서, U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connection에 대한 link quality를 계속해서 확인하기 위한 방법으로 다음 A 내지 E 중 하나 이상이 사용될 수 있다:In step 1a, one or more of the following A to E may be used as a method to continuously check the link quality of the PC5 connection between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1:

A. U2N Remote UE의 기지국은 기지국과 직접 연결되지 않은 릴레이들(예, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3)을 위한 측정 설정을 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Remote UE의 기지국은 U2N Remote UE에게 measurement configuration을 설정/할당하는 과정에서, U2N Relay UE#2와 U2N Relay UE#3을 위한 measurement configuration을 같이 설정/할당할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 기지국이 설정/할당한 U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정과 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 U2N Remote UE에게 전송할 수 있다. 그러면, U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정과 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 포함하는 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 전송함으로써, 각각의 U2N Relay UE에게 측정 설정을 전달할 수 있다. 리모트 UE는 U2N Relay UE#3을 통해 U2N Relay UE#2에 대한 measurement configuration을 전달할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Remote UE가 U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정과 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 포함하는 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 전송하면, U2N Relay UE#3는 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 수신하고, U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정을 U2N 릴레이 UE#2에게 전송할 수 있다.A. The base station of the U2N Remote UE can transmit the measurement configuration for relays (e.g., U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3) that are not directly connected to the base station to the remote UE. For example, the base station of the U2N Remote UE can configure/assign the measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 and U2N Relay UE#3 together in the process of configuring/assigning the measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE. For example, the base station can transmit the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#3 that it configures/assigns to the U2N Remote UE. Then, the U2N Remote UE can transmit the measurement configuration to each U2N Relay UE by transmitting an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement configuration of U2N Relay UE#3. The remote UE can transmit the measurement configuration for the U2N Relay UE#2 through the U2N Relay UE#3. For example, when the U2N Remote UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#3, the U2N Relay UE#3 can receive the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#3 and transmit the measurement configuration of the U2N Relay UE#2 to the U2N Relay UE#2.

B. U2N Remote UE는 기지국과 직접 연결되지 않은 릴레이들(예, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3)을 위한 측정 설정을 직접 설정/할당할 수도 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Remote UE의 기지국이 U2N Remote UE에게 measurement configuration을 설정/할당하면, U2N Remote UE는 측정 설정에 기초하여, U2N Relay UE#2을 위한 측정 설정과 U2N Relay UE#3을 위한 측정 설정을 직접 설정/할당할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정과 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 포함하는 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 전송함으로써, 각각의 U2N Relay UE에게 측정 설정을 전달할 수 있다. 리모트 UE는 U2N Relay UE#3을 통해 U2N Relay UE#2에 대한 measurement configuration을 전달할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Remote UE가 U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정과 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 포함하는 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 전송하면, U2N Relay UE#3는 U2N Relay UE#3의 측정 설정을 수신하고, U2N Relay UE#2의 측정 설정을 U2N 릴레이 UE#2에게 전송할 수 있다.B. A U2N Remote UE can also directly configure/assign measurement configurations for relays that are not directly connected to a base station (e.g., U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3). For example, if a base station of a U2N Remote UE configures/assigns a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE, the U2N Remote UE can directly configure/assign a measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 and a measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#3 based on the measurement configuration. The U2N Remote UE can deliver the measurement configurations to each U2N Relay UE by transmitting an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement configurations of U2N Relay UE#2 and U2N Relay UE#3. The Remote UE can deliver the measurement configuration for U2N Relay UE#2 through U2N Relay UE#3. For example, when a U2N Remote UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message including the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#2 and the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#3 can receive the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#3 and transmit the measurement settings of U2N Relay UE#2 to U2N Relay UE#2.

C. U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3이 RRC_CONNECTED 상태일 수도 있다. 이 경우, U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 현재 RRC가 연결되어 있는 각각의 기지국을 통해 측정 설정을 수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 각각의 기지국이 측정 설정은 U2N Relay UE#3과 U2N Relay UE#2 사이의 PC5 connection (즉, second PC5 connection) 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#2와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connection (즉, third PC5 connection)을 위한 measurement configuration을 할당/설정할 수 있다. 이 경우 U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 해당 기지국으로 U2N Remote UE 및 U2N Relay UE#1 pair에 대하여 다음의 정보 중 일부 또는 전부를 전달할 수 있다:C. U2N Relay UE#2 and/or U2N Relay UE#3 may be in RRC_CONNECTED state. In this case, U2N Relay UE#2 and/or U2N Relay UE#3 may receive measurement configurations through their respective base stations to which they are currently RRC connected. For example, each base station may allocate/configure measurement configurations for the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#3 and U2N Relay UE#2 (i.e., the second PC5 connection) and/or the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#2 and U2N Relay UE#1 (i.e., the third PC5 connection). In this case, U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 may forward some or all of the following information to the corresponding base station for the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 pair:

- i) U2N Remote UE 및 U2N Relay UE#1 pair에 대해 현재 할당/생성되어 있는 SL-SRB 및/또는 SL-DRB에 관련된 정보 (예를 들어, Bearer ID, RLC Channel ID 등)- i) Information related to the SL-SRB and/or SL-DRB currently allocated/created for the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 pair (e.g., Bearer ID, RLC Channel ID, etc.)

- ii) U2N Remote UE 및 U2N Relay UE#1 pair에 대한 L2 IDs 및/또는 Local IDs- ii) L2 IDs and/or Local IDs for the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 pair.

- iii) U2N Remote UE 및 U2N Relay UE#1 pair 사이에 위치한 U2N Relay UE들에 관련된 정보 (예를 들어, L2 ID(s) for each U2N Relay UE(s) 등) - iii) Information related to U2N Relay UEs located between the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 pair (e.g., L2 ID(s) for each U2N Relay UE(s), etc.)

D. RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE 상태의 U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3에 대해, U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3 각각의 기지국 또는 U2N Remote UE의 기지국이 SIB을 통해 measurement configuration 정보를 전달할 수 있다. 또는. RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE 상태의 U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3 내부에 measurement configuration 정보가 (pre-)configuration될 수도 있다. 또는 상기 U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3가 RRC_CONNECTED 상태일 동안, U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3가 기지국으로부터 가장 마지막으로 할당받았던 measurement configuration 정보를 저장한 뒤, U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 저장된 측정 설정을 계속해서 이용할 수도 있다.D. For a U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, the base station of each U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 or the base station of the U2N Remote UE may transmit measurement configuration information via SIB. Or. The measurement configuration information may be (pre-)configured within the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state. Or, while the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 is in RRC_CONNECTED state, the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 may store the measurement configuration information most recently allocated by the base station, and then the U2N Relay UE#2 or U2N Relay UE#3 may continue to use the stored measurement configuration.

E. Measurement configuration 대신에, 다음과 같이 TS 38.331 V18.0.0에 정의되어 있는 U2N Relay UE로 동작하기 위한 threshold configuration이 사용될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, SL-RelayUE-Config, 및/또는 SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U가 사용될 수 있다. 또는, 기존의 Single-hop U2U Relay operation 또는 Single-hop U2N Relay operation과 구분하기 위해 Multi-hop U2N Relay operation을 위한 별도의 threshold configuration이 정의될 수도 있다. 이하는 SL-RelayUE-Config의 예시 및 SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U의 예시이다:E. Instead of the Measurement configuration, the threshold configuration for operating as a U2N Relay UE as defined in TS 38.331 V18.0.0 may be used, for example, SL-RelayUE-Config and/or SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U may be used. Alternatively, a separate threshold configuration may be defined for Multi-hop U2N Relay operation to distinguish it from the existing Single-hop U2U Relay operation or Single-hop U2N Relay operation. Below are examples of SL-RelayUE-Config and SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U:

- SL-RelayUE-Config는 NR 사이드링크 U2N 릴레이 UE의 설정 정보를 포함할 수 있다. - SL-RelayUE-Config may contain configuration information of the NR sidelink U2N relay UE.

-- ASN1START
-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIG-START

SL-RelayUE-Config-r17::= SEQUENCE {
threshHighRelay-r17 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
threshLowRelay-r17 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
hystMaxRelay-r17 Hysteresis OPTIONAL, -- Cond ThreshHighRelay
hystMinRelay-r17 Hysteresis OPTIONAL -- Cond ThreshLowRelay
}

-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIG-STOP
-- ASN1STOP
-- ASN1START
-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIG-START

SL-RelayUE-Config-r17::= SEQUENCE {
threshHighRelay-r17 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
threshLowRelay-r17 RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
hystMaxRelay-r17 Hysteresis OPTIONAL, -- Cond ThreshHighRelay
hystMinRelay-r17 Hysteresis OPTIONAL -- Cond ThreshLowRelay
}

-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIG-STOP
-- ASN1STOP

표 3은 SL-RelayUE-Config 정보 엘리먼트의 예시이다.Table 3 is an example of the SL-RelayUE-Config information element.

SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U는 NR 사이드링크 U2U 릴레이 UE의 설정 정보를 포함할 수 있다. SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U may contain configuration information of an NR sidelink U2U relay UE.

-- ASN1START
-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIGU2U-START

SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U-r18::= SEQUENCE {
sl-RSRP-Thresh-DiscConfig-r18 SL-RSRP-Range-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sl-hystMaxRelay-r18 Hysteresis OPTIONAL, -- Cond SL-RSRP-ThreshRelay
sd-RSRP-Thresh-DiscConfig-r18 SL-RSRP-Range-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sd-hystMaxRelay-r18 Hysteresis OPTIONAL -- Cond SD-RSRP-ThreshRelay
}

-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIGU2U-STOP
-- ASN1STOP
-- ASN1START
-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIGU2U-START

SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U-r18::= SEQUENCE {
sl-RSRP-Thresh-DiscConfig-r18 SL-RSRP-Range-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sl-hystMaxRelay-r18 Hysteresis OPTIONAL, -- Cond SL-RSRP-ThreshRelay
sd-RSRP-Thresh-DiscConfig-r18 SL-RSRP-Range-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sd-hystMaxRelay-r18 Hysteresis OPTIONAL -- Cond SD-RSRP-ThreshRelay
}

-- TAG-SL-RELAYUE-CONFIGU2U-STOP
-- ASN1STOP

표 4는 SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U 정보 엘리먼트의 예시이다.Table 4 is an example of the SL-RelayUE-ConfigU2U information element.

Step 1b: U2N Remote UE는 측정을 수행할 수 있다. U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 측정을 수행할 수 있다.Step 1b: U2N Remote UE can perform measurements. U2N Relay UE#2 and/or U2N Relay UE#3 can perform measurements.

예를 들어, U2N Remote UE는 직접 경로에 대한 측정 및 간접 경로에 대한 측정을 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Remote UE는 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (즉, direct path)에 대한 measurement를 및 주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 measurement를 수행할 수 있다.For example, a U2N Remote UE can perform measurements for a direct path and measurements for an indirect path. For example, a U2N Remote UE can perform measurements for a Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected to the Uu cell of the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or neighboring base stations, and measurements for a Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or neighboring base stations through neighboring U2N Relay UEs (i.e., indirect path).

또한, U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connections에 대한 link quality를 계속해서 확인하기 위해, U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 측정을 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 Step 1a의 A 내지 E 중 하나 이상의 방법에 기초하여 획득한 Measurement configuration 정보에 기초하여, measurement을 수행할 수 있다. Additionally, to continuously check the link quality of the PC5 connections between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may perform measurements. For example, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may perform measurements based on the Measurement configuration information obtained based on one or more of the methods A to E of Step 1a.

단계 1b에서, 도 10a 및 도 10b의 예시의 Step 1a-2 또는 Step 1b-2에서 설명될 측정이 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 여러 개의 candidate U2N Relay UEs를 이용한 multi-hop indirect path로의 path switching을 위해 multi-hop relay operation에 관련된 여러 개의 PC5 links에 대한 measurement도 같이 수행될 수 있다.In Step 1b, measurements described in Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2 of the examples of FIGS. 10a and 10b may be performed. For example, measurements may also be performed on multiple PC5 links involved in multi-hop relay operation for path switching to a multi-hop indirect path using multiple candidate U2N Relay UEs.

Step 1c: 다음의 event 중 하나 이상의 이벤트가 발생한 경우, U2N Remote UE는 발생한 event 및/또는 measurement 결과를 기지국에게 알릴 수 있다:Step 1c: If one or more of the following events occur, the U2N Remote UE may notify the base station of the event and/or measurement result:

I) U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (예, direct path) 에 대한 link quality 및/또는 주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 Uu/PC5 link(s) (예, indirect path)에 대한 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 큰/높은/좋은 event.I) An event where the link quality for a Uu link (e.g., direct path) that can be directly connected to the Uu cell of the serving base station and/or surrounding base stations of the U2N Remote UE and/or the link quality for a Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the serving base station and/or surrounding base stations of the U2N Remote UE through surrounding U2N Relay UEs (e.g., indirect path) is greater than/higher/better than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.

II) U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connections에 대한 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 작은/낮은/나쁜 event. 이를 위해 U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 U2N Relay UE#3과 U2N Relay UE#2 사이의 PC5 connection (예, second PC5 connection) 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#2와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connection (예, third PC5 connection)의 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값 밑으로 떨어지는 event가 발생하면 이를 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 통해 U2N Remote UE에게 알릴 수 있다. 상기 event가 발생한 경우, U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 해당 event가 발생한 U2N Relay UE에 대한 식별자 (e.g., L2 ID), 해당 event가 발생한 PC5 connection에 대한 정보 (e.g., PC5 link에 대한 ID, link quality 등) 등을 U2N Remote UE에게 같이 알릴 수 있다. 또는 U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 II)의 event와 관계없이 항상 PC5 link에 대한 quality 값을 U2N Remote UE에게 알릴 수도 있다. 또는 II)의 event가 발생한 경우, U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3는 U2N Relay UE#1을 통해 기지국에게 직접 알릴 수도 있다.II) An event where the link quality of the PC5 connections between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1 is lower/lower/worse than the threshold value in the measurement configuration. For this, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may notify the U2N Remote UE of an event where the link quality of the PC5 connection between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2 (e.g., the second PC5 connection) and/or the PC5 connection between the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1 (e.g., the third PC5 connection) falls below the threshold value in the measurement configuration via the RRCReconfigurationSidelink message. When the above event occurs, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may notify the U2N Remote UE of the identifier of the U2N Relay UE where the event occurred (e.g., L2 ID), information about the PC5 connection where the event occurred (e.g., ID for PC5 link, link quality, etc.). Alternatively, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may always notify the U2N Remote UE of the quality value for the PC5 link regardless of the event II). Alternatively, when the event II) occurs, the U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the U2N Relay UE#3 may directly notify the base station through the U2N Relay UE#1.

U2N Remote UE가 기지국에게 알리는 measurement 결과는 다음 (a) 내지 (d) 중 하나 이상을 포함할 수 있다:The measurement results reported by the U2N Remote UE to the base station may include one or more of the following (a) to (d):

(a) U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (예, direct path)의 link quality, Uu cell의 ID, 및/또는 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 gNB ID 등(a) link quality of a Uu link (e.g., direct path) that can be directly connected through the Uu cell of the serving base station and/or surrounding base station of the U2N Remote UE, the ID of the Uu cell, and/or the gNB ID of the serving base station and/or surrounding base station of the U2N Remote UE, etc.

(b)주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 link quality, U2N Relay UE의 serving cell ID, U2N Relay UE의 serving 기지국의 gNB ID, 및/또는 U2N Relay UE에 대한 식별자 (e.g, L2 ID) 등(b) link quality for Uu/PC5 link(s) (i.e., indirect path) that can be connected to the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or the surrounding base station through the surrounding U2N Relay UE, the serving cell ID of the U2N Relay UE, the gNB ID of the serving base station of the U2N Relay UE, and/or the identifier for the U2N Relay UE (e.g., L2 ID), etc.

(c) II)의 event가 발생한 PC5 link의 ID, 해당 PC5 link의 quality, 및/또는 II)의 event가 발생한 U2N Relay UE에 대한 식별자 (e.g., L2 ID)(c) the ID of the PC5 link where the event II) occurred, the quality of the PC5 link, and/or the identifier for the U2N Relay UE where the event II) occurred (e.g., L2 ID);

(d) U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이에 위치한 모든 PC5 links (즉, first 내지 third PC5 connections)의 link quality 및/또는 각각의 PC5 link와 관련된 U2N Relay UE에 대한 식별자(들) (e.g., L2 ID)(d) link quality of all PC5 links (i.e., first to third PC5 connections) located between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1 and/or identifier(s) for the U2N Relay UE associated with each PC5 link (e.g., L2 ID);

Step 2: 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 리모트 UE의 경로 스위칭을 결정할 수 있다.Step 2: The base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) can decide the path switching of the remote UE.

예를 들어, 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 Step 1에서 수신한 measurement results에 기초하여, U2N Remote UE의 path를 기지국 (즉, NG-RAN#1)의 Uu cell를 통한 direct path 또는 Target U2N Relay UE를 통한 single hop indirect path(예, NG-RAN#1에 연결될 수 있는 간접 경로) 로 switching(예, intra-gNB path switching)할 것을 결정할 수 있다. 참고로, 도 9a 및 도 9b의 예시에서 Target U2N Relay UE는 Multi-hop relay operation에 관여했던 U2N Relay UE#1 내지 U2N Relay UE#3일 수도 있고, 새로운 U2N Relay UE#4일 수도 있다. For example, the base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch (e.g., intra-gNB path switching) the path of the U2N Remote UE to a direct path through the Uu cell of the base station (i.e., NG-RAN#1) or a single hop indirect path (e.g., an indirect path that can be connected to NG-RAN#1) through the Target U2N Relay UE based on the measurement results received in Step 1. For reference, in the examples of FIGS. 9a and 9b, the Target U2N Relay UE may be U2N Relay UE#1 to U2N Relay UE#3 that were involved in the multi-hop relay operation, or may be a new U2N Relay UE#4.

다른 예를 들어, 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 U2N Remote UE의 path를 주변에 위치한 다른 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#2)의 Uu cell를 통한 direct path 또는 (NG-RAN#2에 연결될 수 있는) Target U2N Relay UE를 통한 single hop indirect path로 switching(즉, inter-gNB path switching)하기로 결정할 수 있다. 이 과정에서 Source NG-RAN (예, NG-RAN#1)은 U2N Remote UE가 Target NG-RAN (예, NG-RAN#2)에서 이용해야 하는 path type (예, direct path, 또는 indirect path)를 결정하고, path type을 포함하는 HANDOVER REQUEST message를 Target NG-RAN에게 전송할 수 있다. Indirect path로의 switching인 경우, Target NG-RAN이 Target U2N Relay를 선택하는 과정에서 single hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지, n-hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지를 결정할 수도 있다. 또는, Indirect path로의 switching인 경우, Source NG-RAN이 single hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지, n-hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지를 결정할 수도 있다. 이 과정에서 Source NG-RAN은 Step 1에서 수신한 measurement results를 Target NG-RAN에게 전달할 수도 있다.For another example, a base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of a U2N Remote UE to a direct path via a Uu cell of another base station (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby or to a single hop indirect path via a Target U2N Relay UE (which may be connected to NG-RAN#2) (i.e., inter-gNB path switching). In this process, the Source NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may determine the path type (e.g., direct path or indirect path) that the U2N Remote UE should use to the Target NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#2) and may transmit a HANDOVER REQUEST message including the path type to the Target NG-RAN. In case of switching to an indirect path, the Target NG-RAN may also determine whether to use a single hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path during the process of selecting a Target U2N Relay. Alternatively, in the case of switching to an indirect path, the Source NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path. During this process, the Source NG-RAN may also forward the measurement results received in Step 1 to the Target NG-RAN.

도 9a 및 도 9b의 예시는 Intra-gNB path switching의 경우를 가정하고 있으며, 3-hop indirect path에서 direct path 또는 single hop indirect path로의 switching을 가정하고 있다. The examples in FIGS. 9a and 9b assume the case of intra-gNB path switching, and assume switching from a 3-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single hop indirect path.

Step 3: 만약 기지국이 Step 2에서 Target U2N Relay UE로의 indirect path switching을 결정하고, Target U2N Relay UE가 RRC_CONNECTED 상태인 경우, 기지국은 Target U2N Relay UE와 RRC 재설정 절차를 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, RRC Reconfiguration 과정을 통해, 기지국은 Target U2N Relay UE가 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 필요한 정보 (예, U2N Remote UE에 대한 local ID와 L2 ID, U2N Remote UE의 signaling 및/또는 data를 relaying하기 위한 Uu Relay RLC channel configuration과 PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration 등)를 Target U2N Relay UE에게 전송할 수 있다. Target U2N Relay UE가 RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE인 경우, 단계 3에 따른 동작은 단계 6b에서 수행될 수 있다.Step 3: If the base station determines indirect path switching to the target U2N Relay UE in Step 2, and the target U2N Relay UE is in RRC_CONNECTED state, the base station may perform an RRC reconfiguration procedure with the target U2N Relay UE. For example, through the RRC Reconfiguration procedure, the base station may transmit information required for the target U2N Relay UE to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., local ID and L2 ID for the U2N Remote UE, Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.) to the target U2N Relay UE. If the target U2N Relay UE is in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, the operation according to Step 3 may be performed in Step 6b.

U2N Remote UE에 대한 Local ID는 기지국이 새롭게 할당/설정할 수도 있고, 또는 3-hop relay operation을 설정/할당하는 과정 (즉, Step 0 이전)에서 기지국 또는 U2N Relay UE#1 내지 U2N Relay UE#3이 할당/설정하였던 local ID를 재사용할 수도 있다.The local ID for the U2N Remote UE may be newly allocated/configured by the base station, or the local ID allocated/configured by the base station or U2N Relay UE#1 to U2N Relay UE#3 during the process of setting up/assigning 3-hop relay operation (i.e., before Step 0) may be reused.

Step 4: 기지국은 경로 스위칭 설정을 포함하는 RRCReconfiguration 메시지를 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수 있다.Step 4: The base station may transmit an RRCReconfiguration message containing path switching settings to the remote UE.

예를 들어, 기지국은 Direct path 또는 single hop indirect path로의 switching을 실행하는데 필요한 정보 (예, Path switch configuration)를 포함하는 RRCReconfiguration 메시지를 U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2 및 U2N Relay UE#3을 통해 U2N Remote UE에게 전달할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 경로 스위칭 설정은 다음의 i 내지 ii의 정보 중 일부 또는 전부를 포함할 수 있다:For example, the base station may transmit an RRCReconfiguration message containing information (e.g., path switch configuration) necessary to perform switching to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to the U2N Remote UE via U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3. For example, the path switching configuration may include some or all of the following information i to ii:

i. Direct path로의 switching인 경우, Uu cell의 IDi. In case of switching to direct path, Uu cell ID

ii. Single hop indirect path로의 switching인 경우, Target U2N Relay UE의 L2 ID, 타겟 U2N 릴레이 UE의 serving cell ID, U2N Remote UE에 대한 local ID, PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration 등ii. In case of switching to a single-hop indirect path, L2 ID of the target U2N Relay UE, serving cell ID of the target U2N Relay UE, local ID for the U2N Remote UE, PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration, etc.

직접 경로로의 스위칭의 경우, 단계 5a 및 단계 6a가 수행될 수 있다.For switching to a direct path, steps 5a and 6a may be performed.

단일 홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭의 경우, 단계 5b 및 단계 6b가 수행될 수 있다.For switching to a single-hop indirect path, steps 5b and 6b may be performed.

Step 5a: Direct path로의 switching인 경우, U2N Remote UE은 Uu cell을 통해 기지국으로 Random access를 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Remote UE은 랜덤 액세스 프리앰블을 기지국에 전송할 수 있다. 기지국은 랜덤 액세스에 관련된 응답 메시지를 U2N Remote UE에게 전송할 수 있다.Step 5a: If switching to a direct path, the U2N Remote UE can perform random access to the base station via the Uu cell. For example, the U2N Remote UE can transmit a random access preamble to the base station. The base station can then transmit a response message related to the random access to the U2N Remote UE.

Step 6a: 경로 스위칭 절차를 마무리하기 위해, U2N Remote UE은 RRC 재설정 완료(예, RRCReconfigurationComplete) 메시지를 기지국에게 전송할 수 있다.Step 6a: To finalize the path switching procedure, the U2N Remote UE may send an RRC Reconfiguration Complete (e.g., RRCReconfigurationComplete) message to the base station.

Step 5b: Single hop indirect path로의 switching인 경우, U2N Remote UE은 Target U2N Relay UE와의 PC5 connection을 생성하거나, Target U2N Relay UE와의 기존 PC5 connection이 존재하는 경우 기존 PC5 connection을 업데이트할 수 있다.Step 5b: In case of switching to a single hop indirect path, the U2N Remote UE can create a PC5 connection with the Target U2N Relay UE or, if an existing PC5 connection with the Target U2N Relay UE exists, update the existing PC5 connection.

Step 6b: Path switching 절차를 마무리하기 위해 U2N Remote UE은 Target U2N Relay UE 를 통해 RRCReconfigurationComplete 메시지를 기지국에게 전송할 수 있다.Step 6b: To finalize the path switching procedure, the U2N Remote UE can send an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the base station through the Target U2N Relay UE.

Step 7: 기지국은 U2N Relay UE#1와 RRC 재설정 절차를 수행할 수 있다.Step 7: The base station can perform an RRC reconfiguration procedure with U2N Relay UE#1.

예를 들어, 기지국은 U2N Relay UE#1이 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 이용한 정보 (e.g., U2N Remote UE의 signaling 및/또는 data를 relaying하기 위한 Uu Relay RLC channel configuration과 PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration 등)를 release 하기 위해 RRC Reconfiguration 과정을 수행할 수 있다. 도 9a 및 도 9b의 예시에서는 단계 7이 단계 6a 또는 단계 6b 이후에 수행되는 것으로 도시되나, 이는 예시에 불과하다. 단계 7은 Step 4 이후 임의의 시점에서 실행될 수 있다. 만약 단일 홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭이 수행되고, Target U2N Relay UE가 U2N Relay UE#1인 경우 Step 7은 생략될 수도 있다.For example, the base station may perform an RRC Reconfiguration process to release information used by the U2N Relay UE#1 to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.). In the examples of FIGS. 9a and 9b, step 7 is illustrated as being performed after step 6a or step 6b, but this is merely an example. Step 7 may be performed at any point after step 4. If switching to a single-hop indirect path is performed and the target U2N Relay UE is U2N Relay UE#1, step 7 may be omitted.

Step 8: U2N Relay UE#1 또는 U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#1와 U2N Remote UE 사이의 PC5 connection을 해제할 수 있다. 만약 Target U2N Relay UE가 U2N Relay UE#3이고, single hop indirect path로의 switching이 수행되는 경우, Step 8은 생략될 수도 있다. PC5 connection은 UE들 간에 시그널링 교환을 통해 release 될 수도 있고, locally release 될 수도 있다. PC5 연결의 해제에 관련된 설명은, 본 명세서 전반에 걸쳐 적용될 수 있다.Step 8: U2N Relay UE#1 or U2N Remote UE can release the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#1 and U2N Remote UE. If the target U2N Relay UE is U2N Relay UE#3 and switching to a single-hop indirect path is performed, Step 8 may be omitted. The PC5 connection may be released through signaling exchange between UEs or may be released locally. The description related to releasing the PC5 connection may be applied throughout this specification.

Step 9a: U2N Remote UE는 direct path switching (즉, Step 9a)의 경우 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해, 기지국과 연결될 수 있다. 따라서 U2N 리모트 UE에 관련된 UL/DL data가 Uu cell를 거쳐 기지국에게 전송되거나, 기지국으로부터 수신될 수 있다.Step 9a: In the case of direct path switching (i.e., Step 9a), the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station via the base station's Uu cell. Therefore, UL/DL data related to the U2N Remote UE can be transmitted to or received from the base station via the Uu cell.

Step 9b: U2N Remote UE는 indirect path switching (즉, Step 9b)의 경우 Target U2N Relay UE를 통해 기지국과 연결될 수 있다. 따라서 U2N 리모트 UE에 관련된 UL/DL data가 Target U2N Relay UE를 거쳐 기지국에게 전송되거나, 기지국으로부터 수신될 수 있다.Step 9b: In the case of indirect path switching (i.e., Step 9b), the U2N Remote UE can be connected to the base station via the Target U2N Relay UE. Therefore, UL/DL data related to the U2N Remote UE can be transmitted to or received from the base station via the Target U2N Relay UE.

2. 본 명세서의 개시의 제2예2. Second example of disclosure of this specification

본 명세서의 개시의 제2예에 따르면, 직접 경로(또는 단일 홉 간접 경로)로부터 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 경로 스위칭이 수행될 수 있다. According to a second example of the disclosure of the present specification, path switching from a direct path (or a single-hop indirect path) to a multi-hop indirect path can be performed.

본 명세서의 개시의 제2예에서, U2N Relay UE#3 (즉, 3-hop U2N Relay UE)에 대한 설명 또는 동작은 2-hop 또는 그 이상의 hop의 U2N Relay UE (즉, intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE)에도 적용될 수 있다. In the second example of the disclosure of this specification, the description or operation for U2N Relay UE#3 (i.e., 3-hop U2N Relay UE) can also be applied to U2N Relay UEs of 2-hop or more hops (i.e., intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE).

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 10a 및 도 10b은 본 명세서의 개시의 제2예에 따른 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다. Figures 10a and 10b illustrate an example of a procedure according to the second example of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 10a 및 도 10b의 예시는 직접 경로(또는 단일 홉 간접 경로)로부터 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 경로 스위칭에 관련된 절차의 일 예이다.The examples in FIGS. 10A and 10B are examples of procedures involved in route switching from a direct route (or a single-hop indirect route) to a multi-hop indirect route.

Step 0: direct path 의 경우(즉, Step 0a), U2N Remote UE는 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 기지국과 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, U2N Remote UE는 Uu cell을 거쳐 UL/DL data를 전송하거나 수신할 수 있다. 단일 홉 indirect path의 경우(즉, Step 0b), U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#4를 통해 기지국과 연결될 수 있다. 이 경우, U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#4을 거쳐 UL/DL data를 전송하거나 수신할 수 있다.Step 0: In the case of a direct path (i.e., Step 0a), the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station via the Uu cell of the base station. In this case, the U2N Remote UE can transmit or receive UL/DL data via the Uu cell. In the case of a single-hop indirect path (i.e., Step 0b), the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station via U2N Relay UE#4. In this case, the U2N Remote UE can transmit or receive UL/DL data via U2N Relay UE#4.

Step 1: 기지국이 measurement configuration 을 설정/할당(Step 1a-1 또는 Step 1b-1)할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE는 측정 설정에 기초하여, measurement을 수행(Step 1a-2 또는 Step 1b-2)할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE는 measurement results를 기지국에게 보고(Step 1a-3 또는 Step 1b-3)할 수 있다.Step 1: The base station can set/allocate the measurement configuration (Step 1a-1 or Step 1b-1). The U2N Remote UE can perform measurements (Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2) based on the measurement configuration. The U2N Remote UE can report the measurement results to the base station (Step 1a-3 or Step 1b-3).

(Step 1a-1 또는 Step 1b-1) 기지국은 U2N Remote UE의 connected mode mobility를 지원하기 위해 U2N Remote UE에게 measurement configuration을 설정/할당할 수 있다. 기지국은 measurement configuration을 U2N Remote UE에게 전송할 수 있다.(Step 1a-1 or Step 1b-1) The base station can set/assign a measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE to support connected mode mobility of the U2N Remote UE. The base station can transmit the measurement configuration to the U2N Remote UE.

(Step 1a-2 또는 Step 1b-2) U2N Remote UE는 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국에 대한 측정 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (즉, direct path)에 대한 measurement를 수행할 수 있다. 또한 U2N Remote UE는 Serving U2N Relay UE에 대한 측정 및/또는 주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 indirect path의 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 measurement를 수행할 수 있다. (Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2) The U2N Remote UE can perform measurements on the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or on the Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected via the Uu cell of a neighboring base station. In addition, the U2N Remote UE can perform measurements on the serving U2N Relay UE and/or on the Uu/PC5 link(s) of the indirect path that can be connected to the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or the neighboring base station via a neighboring U2N Relay UE (i.e., indirect path).

이 과정에서, 여러 개의 candidate U2N Relay UEs를 이용한 multi-hop indirect path로의 path switching을 위해, U2N Remote UE는 multi-hop relay operation에 관련된 여러 개의 PC5 links에 대한 measurement도 같이 수행할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE가 이전에 실행/수행했던 Multi-hop Relay Discovery 또는 Multi-hop Relay Communication 절차를 통해, U2N Remote UE는 각각의 PC5 link에 대한 quality 정보를 획득할 수도 있다. 또는 U2N Remote UE는 현재 생성/형성되어 있는 U2U Relay communication 또는 Multi-hop Relay Communication을 통해 각각의 PC5 link에 대한 quality 정보를 획득할 수도 있다.In this process, for path switching to a multi-hop indirect path using multiple candidate U2N Relay UEs, the U2N Remote UE can also perform measurements on multiple PC5 links involved in the multi-hop relay operation. The U2N Remote UE can obtain quality information for each PC5 link through the Multi-hop Relay Discovery or Multi-hop Relay Communication procedure that the U2N Remote UE has previously executed/performed. Alternatively, the U2N Remote UE can obtain quality information for each PC5 link through the currently created/formed U2U Relay communication or Multi-hop Relay Communication.

또는 U2N Remote UE는 새로운 Multi-hop relay operation을 위한 relay discovery 과정을 이하의 예시와 같이 수행하여, 각각의 PC5 link의 quality 정보를 획득할 수 있다. 이하의 예시와 같은 릴레이 디스커버리 관련 동작은, 기지국의 측정 설정 내에 포함된 explicit indication에 기초하여, U2N Remote UE에 의해 수행될 수도 있다. 또는, 측정 설정에 기초하여, U2N Remote UE가 스스로 릴레이 디스커버리 관련 동작을 수행할지 여부를 결정할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the U2N Remote UE can acquire quality information of each PC5 link by performing a relay discovery process for a new multi-hop relay operation, as shown in the example below. Relay discovery-related operations, such as those shown in the example below, may also be performed by the U2N Remote UE based on an explicit indication included in the measurement configuration of the base station. Alternatively, the U2N Remote UE may determine on its own whether to perform relay discovery-related operations based on the measurement configuration.

(Relay discovery with Model A) TS 23.304 V18.5.0의 Clause 6.3.2.4.2 절차가 수행되거나, 또는 Multi-hop relay operation을 위한 별도의 Relay discovery with Model A 절차가 정의될 수도 있다. 도 7의 예시에 따른 디스커버리 절차가 수행될 수도 있다.(Relay discovery with Model A) The procedure of Clause 6.3.2.4.2 of TS 23.304 V18.5.0 may be performed, or a separate Relay discovery with Model A procedure for multi-hop relay operation may be defined. The discovery procedure according to the example of Fig. 7 may also be performed.

예를 들어, U2N Relay UE#2는 (e.g., 이전에 실행/수행했던 Multi-hop Relay Discovery 또는 Multi-hop Relay Communication 절차를 통해 또는 주변의 U2N Relay UE가 전송한 Relay Discovery Announcement message를 통해) 주변에 위치한 U2N Relay UE를 식별하고 해당 U2N Relay UE와의 PC5 link에서의 link quality를 측정/measurement한다. 도 10a 및 도 10b에서, U2N Relay UE#2는 주변 릴레이 UE의 L2 ID 및 주변 릴레이와 U2N Relay UE#2 사이의 PC5 링크의 퀄리티 정보를 포함하는 릴레이 디스커버리 어나운스먼트 메시지를 주변의 U2N 릴레이 UE들(예, U2N Relay UE#1과 U2N Relay UE#3)에게 전송할 수 있다. 예를 들어, U2N 릴레이 UE가 전송하는 릴레이 디스커버리 어나운스먼트 메시지는 U2N Relay UE#1의 L2 ID 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3의 L2 ID, U2N Relay UE#1과 U2N Relay UE#2 사이의 PC5 링크의 퀄리티 정보 및/또는 U2N Relay UE#3으로의 PC5 link에서의 quality 정보를 포함할 수 있다. U2N Relay UE#3은 주변에 위치한 U2N Relay UE(s)의 식별자 (e.g., L2 ID) 정보와 U2N Relay UE#3와 해당 U2N Relay UE 사이의 PC5 link의 quality 정보, 및 U2N Relay UE#2로부터 수신한 정보를 포함하는 Relay Discovery Announcement message를 주변의 노드들(예, 다른 릴레이 UE 및/또는 리모트 UE)에게 전달한다. U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#3로부터 Discovery Announcement message를 수신할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE는 Relay UE#3가 전송한 Relay Discovery Announcement message에 기초하여, U2N Remote UE가 U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3을 통해 기지국에 연결될 수 있음을 알 수 있고, 각각의 PC5 link에서의 현재 link quality 정보를 획득할 수 있다. Relay discovery with Model A 과정에서 이용/전달되는 기존의 input parameter들에 대해서는 TS 23.304를 참고할 수 있다.For example, U2N Relay UE#2 identifies a U2N Relay UE located nearby (e.g., through a previously executed/performed Multi-hop Relay Discovery or Multi-hop Relay Communication procedure or through a Relay Discovery Announcement message transmitted by a nearby U2N Relay UE) and measures/measures the link quality on the PC5 link with the U2N Relay UE. In FIGS. 10A and 10B , U2N Relay UE#2 may transmit a Relay Discovery Announcement message including the L2 ID of the nearby relay UE and quality information of the PC5 link between the nearby relay and U2N Relay UE#2 to nearby U2N relay UEs (e.g., U2N Relay UE#1 and U2N Relay UE#3). For example, a relay discovery announcement message transmitted by a U2N relay UE may include an L2 ID of a U2N Relay UE#1 and/or an L2 ID of a U2N Relay UE#3, quality information of a PC5 link between a U2N Relay UE#1 and a U2N Relay UE#2, and/or quality information of a PC5 link to a U2N Relay UE#3. The U2N Relay UE#3 forwards a Relay Discovery Announcement message including identifiers (e.g., L2 IDs) of U2N Relay UE(s) located nearby, quality information of a PC5 link between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the corresponding U2N Relay UE, and information received from the U2N Relay UE#2 to neighboring nodes (e.g., other relay UEs and/or remote UEs). A U2N Remote UE may receive a Discovery Announcement message from a U2N Relay UE#3. Based on the Relay Discovery Announcement message transmitted by Relay UE#3, the U2N Remote UE can determine that the U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station through U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3, and can obtain current link quality information on each PC5 link. For the existing input parameters used/transmitted in the Relay discovery with Model A process, please refer to TS 23.304.

또한, 릴레이 UE 및/또는 리모트 UE는 추가적으로 다음의 정보 중 일부 또는 전부를 Discovery 과정에서 교환/전달할 수도 있다.Additionally, the relay UE and/or remote UE may additionally exchange/transmit some or all of the following information during the discovery process.

A. U2N Relay UE가 직접 Uu link (또는 네트워크 연결 서비스)를 제공할 수 있는 기지국 목록 및/또는 해당 기지국과의 현재 Uu link quality 및/또는 Uu link가 가용함을 나타내는 정보 및/또는 직접적으로 네트워크 연결 서비스를 제공할 수 있음을 나타내는 정보A. U2N Relay UE lists base stations that can directly provide Uu link (or network connection service) and/or information indicating the current Uu link quality and/or availability of Uu link with the base station and/or information indicating that the UE can directly provide network connection service.

B. U2N Relay UE가 직접 Uu link (또는 네트워크 연결 서비스)를 제공할 순 없으나 n-hop relay operation을 통해 연결될 수 있는 기지국 목록 및/또는 해당 기지국까지의 n-hop relay operation에 연관된 Uu/PC5 link들에 대한 현재 link quality 및/또는 Uu link가 가용하지 않음을 나타내는 정보 및/또는 직접적으로 네트워크 연결 서비스를 제공할 수는 없음을 나타내는 정보 및/또는 Intermediate U2N Relay UE로 동작할 수 있음을 나타내는 정보B. A list of base stations to which a U2N Relay UE can connect through an n-hop relay operation, but cannot directly provide a Uu link (or network connection service), and/or information indicating the current link quality of Uu/PC5 links involved in the n-hop relay operation to the base stations, and/or information indicating that the Uu link is unavailable, and/or information indicating that the UE cannot directly provide a network connection service, and/or information indicating that the UE can operate as an Intermediate U2N Relay UE.

U2N Remote UE의 요청에 기초하여, 또는 각각의 U2N Relay UE에 있는 (pre-)configuration 정보에 기초하여, 또는 기지국이 전송한 지시 (e.g., SIB을 이용하여 또는 dedicated RRC message를 통해)에 기초하여, 각각의 U2N Relay UE가 A 정보 및/또는 B 정보를 Relay Discovery Announcement message에 포함시킬 수 있다.Based on a request from a U2N Remote UE, or based on (pre-)configuration information present in each U2N Relay UE, or based on an indication transmitted by the base station (e.g., using SIB or via a dedicated RRC message), each U2N Relay UE may include the A information and/or the B information in the Relay Discovery Announcement message.

(Relay discovery with Model B) TS 23.304의 Clause 6.3.2.4.3 절차가 수행되거나, 또는 Multi-hop relay operation을 위한 별도의 Relay discovery with Model B 절차가 정의될 수도 있다. 도 8의 예시에 따른 디스커버리 절차가 수행될 수도 있다.(Relay discovery with Model B) The procedure of Clause 6.3.2.4.3 of TS 23.304 may be performed, or a separate Relay discovery with Model B procedure for multi-hop relay operation may be defined. The discovery procedure according to the example of Fig. 8 may also be performed.

예를 들어, U2N Remote UE는 새로운 Multi-hop relay operation을 위한 Relay Discovery Solicitation message를 U2N Relay UE#3에게 전송할 수 있다. U2N Relay UE#3는 Relay Discovery Solicitation message 및 U2N Remote UE의 요청을 같이 U2N Relay UE#2에게 전송할 수 있다.For example, a U2N Remote UE can send a Relay Discovery Solicitation message for a new multi-hop relay operation to U2N Relay UE#3. U2N Relay UE#3 can then send the Relay Discovery Solicitation message and the U2N Remote UE's request together to U2N Relay UE#2.

이후 U2N Relay UE#2는 Relay Discovery Solicitation message를 U2N Relay UE#1에게 전송하고, U2N Relay UE#1로부터 Relay Discovery Response message를 수신할 수 있다. 그리고, U2N Relay UE#2는 U2N Relay UE#2와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 link에 대한 link quality를 measurement하고, 측정 결과를 포함하는 Relay Discovery Response message를 U2N Relay UE#3에게 전송할 수 있다. U2N Relay UE#3는 U2N Relay UE#3과 U2N Relay UE#2 사이의 PC5 link에 대한 link quality를 measurement할 수 있다. 그리고, Relay UE#3는 U2N Relay UE#3과 U2N Relay UE#2 사이의 PC5 link quality 정보 및 U2N Relay UE#2와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 link quality 정보를 포함하는 Relay Discovery Response message를 통해 U2N Remote UE에게 전송할 수 있다. Afterwards, the U2N Relay UE#2 can transmit a Relay Discovery Solicitation message to the U2N Relay UE#1 and receive a Relay Discovery Response message from the U2N Relay UE#1. Then, the U2N Relay UE#2 can measure the link quality of the PC5 link between the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1 and transmit a Relay Discovery Response message including the measurement result to the U2N Relay UE#3. The U2N Relay UE#3 can measure the link quality of the PC5 link between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2. Then, the Relay UE#3 can transmit to the U2N Remote UE the Relay Discovery Response message including the PC5 link quality information between the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2 and the PC5 link quality information between the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1.

Relay discovery with Model B 과정에서 이용/전달되는 기존의 input parameter들에 대해서는 TS 23.304를 참고할 수 있다.For the existing input parameters used/transmitted in the Relay discovery with Model B process, please refer to TS 23.304.

또한, 릴레이 UE 및/또는 리모트 UE는 추가적으로 다음의 정보 중 일부 또는 전부를 Discovery 과정에서 교환/전달할 수도 있다.Additionally, the relay UE and/or remote UE may additionally exchange/transmit some or all of the following information during the discovery process.

A. U2N Relay UE가 직접 Uu link (또는 네트워크 연결 서비스)를 제공할 수 있는 기지국 목록 및/또는 해당 기지국과의 현재 Uu link quality 및/또는 Uu link가 가용함을 나타내는 정보 및/또는 직접적으로 네트워크 연결 서비스를 제공할 수 있음을 나타내는 정보. U2N Remote UE가 Multi-hop relay operation를 통해 연결되고자 하는 기지국 목록 등의 정보를 포함하는 Relay Discovery Solicitation message를 전송했을 수도 있다. 이 경우, 각각의 U2N Relay UE는 해당 기지국으로 Uu link를 제공할 수 있는지 여부를 알리는 indication을 Relay Discovery Response message에 포함시킬 수도 있다.A. A list of base stations that a U2N Relay UE can directly provide a Uu link (or network connection service) to, and/or information indicating the current Uu link quality with the base stations and/or the availability of the Uu link and/or information indicating that the U2N Remote UE can directly provide a network connection service. A Relay Discovery Solicitation message containing information such as a list of base stations to which the U2N Remote UE wishes to connect via a multi-hop relay operation may be transmitted. In this case, each U2N Relay UE may also include an indication in the Relay Discovery Response message indicating whether it can provide a Uu link to the corresponding base station.

B. U2N Relay UE가 직접 Uu link (또는 네트워크 연결 서비스)를 제공할 순 없으나 n-hop relay operation을 통해 연결될 수 있는 기지국 목록 및/또는 해당 기지국까지의 n-hop relay operation에 연관된 Uu/PC5 link들에 대한 현재 link quality 및/또는 및/또는 Uu link가 가용하지 않음을 나타내는 정보 및/또는 직접적으로 네트워크 연결 서비스를 제공할 수는 없음을 나타내는 정보 및/또는 Intermediate U2N Relay UE로 동작할 수 있음을 나타내는 정보B. A list of base stations to which a U2N Relay UE can connect through n-hop relay operation, but cannot directly provide a Uu link (or network connection service), and/or current link quality of Uu/PC5 links involved in n-hop relay operation to the base stations, and/or information indicating that the Uu link is not available, and/or information indicating that the UE cannot directly provide a network connection service, and/or information indicating that the UE can operate as an Intermediate U2N Relay UE.

U2N Remote UE의 요청에 기초하여, 또는 각각의 U2N Relay UE에 있는 (pre-)configuration 정보에 기초하여, 또는 기지국이 전송한 지시 (e.g., SIB을 이용하여 또는 dedicated RRC message를 통해)에 기초하여, 각각의 U2N Relay UE가 A 정보 및/또는 B 정보를 Relay Discovery Announcement message에 포함시킬 수 있다.Based on a request from a U2N Remote UE, or based on (pre-)configuration information present in each U2N Relay UE, or based on an indication transmitted by the base station (e.g., using SIB or via a dedicated RRC message), each U2N Relay UE may include the A information and/or the B information in the Relay Discovery Announcement message.

(Step 1a-3 또는 Step 1b-3) 다음의 event 중 일부 또는 전부가 발생한 경우, U2N Remote UE는 발생한 event 및/또는 measurement 결과를 기지국에게 알릴 수 있다:(Step 1a-3 or Step 1b-3) If any or all of the following events occur, the U2N Remote UE may notify the base station of the events and/or measurement results:

I) U2N Remote UE가 현재 direct path를 통해 연결되어있는 경우, 현재의 serving Uu cell을 제외한, U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (즉, direct path) 에 대한 link quality 및/또는 주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 큰/높은/좋은 경우.I) If the U2N Remote UE is currently connected via a direct path, the link quality of the Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected via the Uu cell of the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or surrounding base stations, excluding the current serving Uu cell, and/or the link quality of the Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the U2N Remote UE's serving base station and/or surrounding base stations via surrounding U2N Relay UEs (i.e., indirect path) is greater than/higher/better than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.

II) U2N Remote UE가 현재 direct path를 통해 연결되어있는 경우, 현재의 serving Uu cell을 통한 Uu link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 작은/낮은/나쁜 경우.II) If the U2N Remote UE is currently connected via a direct path, and the Uu link quality via the current serving Uu cell is smaller/lower/worse than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.

III) U2N Remote UE가 현재 indirect path를 통해 연결되어있는 경우, U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (즉, direct path) 에 대한 link quality 및 현재의 serving U2N Relay UE를 제외한, 주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 큰/높은/좋은 경우.III) If the U2N Remote UE is currently connected via an indirect path, the link quality for the Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected via the Uu cell of the serving base station and/or neighboring base stations of the U2N Remote UE, and the link quality for the Uu/PC5 link(s) that can be connected to the serving base station and/or neighboring base stations of the U2N Remote UE via neighboring U2N Relay UEs, excluding the current serving U2N Relay UE (i.e., indirect path) are greater than/higher/better than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.

IV) U2N Remote UE가 현재 indirect path를 통해 연결되어있는 경우, 현재의 serving U2N Relay UE를 통한 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 작은/낮은/나쁜 경우.IV) If the U2N Remote UE is currently connected via an indirect path, if the link quality for the Uu/PC5 link(s) (i.e., the indirect path) via the current serving U2N Relay UE is less than/lower than/worse than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.

V) Step 1a-2 또는 Step 1b-2를 통해 발견/discover된 U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connections에 대한 link quality가 measurement configuration 내의 threshold 값보다 큰/높은/좋은 경우. V) If the link quality of the PC5 connections between the U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 discovered through Step 1a-2 or Step 1b-2 is greater than/higher/better than the threshold value in the measurement configuration.

U2N Remote UE는 다음 중 일부 또는 전부를 포함하는 measurement 결과를 기지국에게 알릴 수 있다:A U2N Remote UE can report measurement results to the base station, including some or all of the following:

(a) U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 Uu cell을 통해 직접 연결될 수 있는 Uu link (즉, direct path)의 quality, Uu cell의 ID, 및/또는 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국 및/또는 주변 기지국의 gNB ID 등.(a) The quality of the Uu link (i.e., direct path) that can be directly connected through the Uu cell of the serving base station and/or surrounding base station of the U2N Remote UE, the ID of the Uu cell, and/or the gNB ID of the serving base station and/or surrounding base station of the U2N Remote UE, etc.

(b) 현재의 serving U2N Relay UE 및/또는 주변 U2N Relay UE를 통해 U2N Remote UE의 serving 기지국에 대한 link quality 및/또는 주변 기지국에 연결될 수 있는 Uu/PC5 link(s) (즉, indirect path)에 대한 link quality, U2N Relay UE의 serving cell ID, U2N Relay UE의 serving 기지국의 gNB ID, 및/또는 U2N Relay UE에 대한 식별자 (e.g, L2 ID) 등(b) link quality to the serving base station of the U2N Remote UE and/or link quality for Uu/PC5 link(s) (i.e., indirect path) that can be connected to the surrounding base station through the current serving U2N Relay UE and/or surrounding U2N Relay UE, serving cell ID of the U2N Relay UE, gNB ID of the serving base station of the U2N Relay UE, and/or identifier for the U2N Relay UE (e.g., L2 ID), etc.

(c) U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이에 위치한 모든 PC5 links (즉, first 내지 third PC5 connections)의 link quality 및/또는 각각의 PC5 link와 관련된 U2N Relay UE에 대한 식별자(들) (e.g., L2 ID). Link quality의 경우, U2N Remote UE는 일부 PC5 links에 대한 값만 기지국으로 알릴 수도 있다.(c) Link quality of all PC5 links (i.e., first to third PC5 connections) located between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1 and/or identifier(s) for the U2N Relay UE associated with each PC5 link (e.g., L2 ID). For link quality, the U2N Remote UE may only report values for some PC5 links to the base station.

Step 2: 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 Step 1에서 수신한 measurement results에 기초하여 NG-RAN#1에 연결될 수 있는 3-hop indirect path로 U2N Remote UE의 path를 switching시키기로 결정할 수 있다 (즉, intra-gNB path switching). 도 10a 및 도 10b의 예시에서, 3-hop indirect path는 Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, Target U2N Relay UE#3을 통한 간접 경로일 수 있다. Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, 또는 Target U2N Relay UE#3은 기존 single hop relay operation에 관여했던 U2N Relay UE#4일 수도 있고, 새로운 U2N Relay UE일 수도 있다.Step 2: The base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to a 3-hop indirect path that can connect to NG-RAN#1 based on the measurement results received in Step 1 (i.e., intra-gNB path switching). In the examples of FIGS. 10a and 10b, the 3-hop indirect path may be an indirect path through Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3. Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, or Target U2N Relay UE#3 may be U2N Relay UE#4 that was involved in the existing single-hop relay operation, or may be a new U2N Relay UE.

또는, 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 주변에 위치한 다른 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#2)에 연결될 수 있는 Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, Target U2N Relay UE#3을 통한 3-hop indirect path로 U2N Remote UE의 path를 switching시키기로 결정할 수도 있다 (즉, inter-gNB path switching). 이 경우, Source NG-RAN (즉, NG-RAN#1)은 U2N Remote UE가 Target NG-RAN (즉, NG-RAN#2)에서 이용해야 하는 path type (예, direct path, 또는 indirect path)를 결정하고, path type을 포함하는 HANDOVER REQUEST message를 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to a 3-hop indirect path via Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3, which may connect to another base station (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby (i.e., inter-gNB path switching). In this case, the Source NG-RAN (i.e., NG-RAN#1) may decide the path type (e.g., direct path or indirect path) that the U2N Remote UE should use to the Target NG-RAN (i.e., NG-RAN#2) and transmit a HANDOVER REQUEST message including the path type to the Remote UE.

Indirect path로의 switching인 경우, Target NG-RAN가 Target U2N Relay를 선택하는 과정에서 single hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지, n-hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지를 결정할 수도 있다. 또는, Source NG-RAN가 single hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지, n-hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지를 결정할 수도 있다. 이 과정에서 Source NG-RAN은 Target NG-RAN에게 Step 1에서 받은 measurement results를 전달할 수도 있다.When switching to an indirect path, the target NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path during the process of selecting the target U2N Relay. Alternatively, the source NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path. During this process, the source NG-RAN may also forward the measurement results received in Step 1 to the target NG-RAN.

도 10a 및 도 10b에서는 Intra-gNB path switching의 경우를 가정하고 있으며, direct path 또는 single hop indirect path에서 3-hop indirect path으로의 switching을 가정하고 있다. In Figures 10a and 10b, the case of intra-gNB path switching is assumed, and switching from a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to a 3-hop indirect path is assumed.

Step 3: 기지국이 Step 2에서 Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, Target U2N Relay UE#3을 통한 3-hop indirect path로의 indirect path switching을 결정할 수 있다. 이 경우, Target U2N Relay UE#1이 RRC_CONNECTED 상태라면, 기지국은 Target U2N Relay UE#1이 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 필요한 정보 (예, U2N Remote UE에 대한 local ID와 L2 ID, U2N Remote UE의 signaling 및/또는 data를 relaying하기 위한 Uu Relay RLC channel configuration과 PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration 등)를 RRC Reconfiguration 과정을 통해 Target U2N Relay UE#1에게 전달할 수 있다. Target U2N Relay UE#1이 RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE인 경우 단계 3은 Step 6에서 수행될 수 있다.Step 3: The base station can decide to switch the indirect path to a 3-hop indirect path through Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3 in Step 2. In this case, if Target U2N Relay UE#1 is in RRC_CONNECTED state, the base station can transfer the information required for Target U2N Relay UE#1 to serve U2N Remote UE (e.g., local ID and L2 ID for U2N Remote UE, Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.) to Target U2N Relay UE#1 through RRC Reconfiguration process. If Target U2N Relay UE#1 is in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, Step 3 can be performed in Step 6.

U2N Remote UE에 대한 Local ID는 기지국이 새롭게 할당/설정할 수도 있고, 또는 single hop relay operation을 설정/할당하는 과정 (예, Step 0b 이전)에서 기지국이 할당/설정하였던 local ID가 재사용될 수도 있다. U2N Relay UE#1에 대한 local ID는 기지국이 할당/설정하여 U2N Relay UE#1에게 전달할 수도 있고, Step 5 과정에서 U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3이 할당/설정할 수도 있다.The local ID for the U2N Remote UE may be newly allocated/configured by the base station, or the local ID allocated/configured by the base station during the process of setting up/allocating single-hop relay operation (e.g., before Step 0b) may be reused. The local ID for the U2N Relay UE#1 may be allocated/configured by the base station and passed on to the U2N Relay UE#1, or may be allocated/configured by the U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, or U2N Relay UE#3 during Step 5.

Step 4: 기지국은 Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, Target U2N Relay UE#3을 통한3-hop indirect path로의 switching을 실행하는데 필요한 정보 (예, Path switch configuration)를 RRCReconfiguration 메시지 안에 포함하여 direct path (Step 4a)를 통해 또는 U2N Relay UE#4 (Step 4b)를 통해 U2N Remote UE에게 전달할 수 있다. 예를 들어 경로 스위치 설정 (Path switch configuration)은 다음의 정보 중 일부 또는 전부를 포함할 수 있다:Step 4: The base station may include the information (e.g., path switch configuration) required to switch to the 3-hop indirect path via Target U2N Relay UE#1, Target U2N Relay UE#2, and Target U2N Relay UE#3 in the RRCReconfiguration message and transmit it to the U2N Remote UE via the direct path (Step 4a) or via U2N Relay UE#4 (Step 4b). For example, the path switch configuration may include some or all of the following information:

i. 3-hop relay operation에 관여하는 U2N Relay UE들에 관한 식별자 (e.g., L2 ID)i. Identifiers for U2N Relay UEs involved in 3-hop relay operation (e.g., L2 ID)

ii. U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 각각의 PC5 connection (예, first PC5 connection, second PC5 connection, third PC5 connection)에서 U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#1이 각각 사용할 mapping/routing 정보. 예를 들어, mapping/routing 정보는 SRB 및 DRB 에 속한 각각의 SRAP Data PDU를 특정 egress PC5 Relay RLC channel로 mapping/routing 하는 정보일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 이 정보는 각각의 SRB 및 DRB에 대해 특정 ingress PC5 Relay RLC channel을 egress PC5 Relay RLC channel로 mapping/routing 하는 정보일 수도 있다. ii. Mapping/routing information to be used by U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#1 in each PC5 connection (e.g., first PC5 connection, second PC5 connection, third PC5 connection) between U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1, respectively. For example, the mapping/routing information may be information for mapping/routing each SRAP Data PDU belonging to an SRB and DRB to a specific egress PC5 Relay RLC channel. For example, this information may be information for mapping/routing a specific ingress PC5 Relay RLC channel to an egress PC5 Relay RLC channel for each SRB and DRB.

iii. U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 각각의 PC5 connection (즉, first PC5 connection, second PC5 connection, third PC5 connection)에서 U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#1이 각각 사용할, SRB 및 DRB 에 대한 PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration 정보 및/또는 Split QoS 정보.iii. PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration information and/or Split QoS information for SRB and DRB to be used by U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#1, respectively, in each PC5 connection (i.e., first PC5 connection, second PC5 connection, third PC5 connection) between U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1.

iv. U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1 사이의 PC5 connection에서 사용할 Local ID pair (예, SRAP header에 포함할 local ID for U2N Remote UE 및 local ID for U2N Relay UE#1). U2N Remote UE의 local ID 정보에 대해, Single hop relay operation을 설정/할당하는 과정 (예, Step 0b 이전)에서 기지국이 할당/설정하였던 local ID가 재사용될 수도 있다. 또는, 기지국이 3-hop relay operation을 위해 U2N Remote UE의 local ID 정보를 새롭게 할당/설정할 수도 있다. U2N Relay UE#1에 대한 local ID는 Step 3에서 기지국이 할당/설정한 경우 경로 스위치 설정에 포함될 수 있고, Step 5 과정에서 U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2 또는 U2N Relay UE#3이 경로 스위치 설정을 할당/설정할 수도 있다.iv. Local ID pair to be used in PC5 connection between U2N Remote UE and U2N Relay UE#1 (e.g., local ID for U2N Remote UE and local ID for U2N Relay UE#1 to be included in SRAP header). For the local ID information of the U2N Remote UE, the local ID allocated/configured by the base station in the process of configuring/allocating single-hop relay operation (e.g., before Step 0b) may be reused. Alternatively, the base station may newly allocate/configure the local ID information of the U2N Remote UE for 3-hop relay operation. The local ID for the U2N Relay UE#1 may be included in the path switch configuration if allocated/configured by the base station in Step 3, and the U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, or U2N Relay UE#3 may allocate/configure the path switch configuration in Step 5.

Second PC5 connection 및/또는 third PC5 connection에 관련된 정보는 U2N Remote UE 또는 Target U2N Relay UE#1가 Step 3 또는 Step 4에서 수신할 수 있다. U2N Remote UE 또는 Target U2N Relay UE#1가 Second PC5 connection 및/또는 third PC5 connection에 관련된 정보를 포함하는 RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지를 Target U2N Relay UE#2 및/또는 Target U2N Relay UE#3에게 전송할 수도 있다.Information related to the Second PC5 connection and/or the Third PC5 connection may be received by the U2N Remote UE or the Target U2N Relay UE#1 in Step 3 or Step 4. The U2N Remote UE or the Target U2N Relay UE#1 may also transmit an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message containing information related to the Second PC5 connection and/or the Third PC5 connection to the Target U2N Relay UE#2 and/or the Target U2N Relay UE#3.

Step 5: U2N Remote UE는 TS 38.300 V18.0.0의 Clause 16.12.7 절차를 이용하거나 또는 별도로 정의된 multi-hop relay를 위한 PC5 connection 생성 절차에 기초하여, U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#3 및 U2N Relay UE#2를 통한 U2N Relay UE#1와의 end-to-end PC5 connection을 생성하거나, 기존 PC5 connection을 업데이트할 수 있다.Step 5: U2N Remote UE can create an end-to-end PC5 connection with U2N Relay UE#1 via U2N Relay UE#3 and U2N Relay UE#2, or update an existing PC5 connection, using Clause 16.12.7 procedure of TS 38.300 V18.0.0 or based on a separately defined PC5 connection creation procedure for multi-hop relay.

상기한 예시와 달리, 다양한 방식으로 U2N Remote UE, U2N Relay UE들 간에 PC5 unicast link가 형성될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, hop-by-hop으로 PC5 unicast link가 형성될 수도 있다 (예, U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#3이 PC5 unicast link 형성, U2N Relay UE#3와 U2N Relay UE#2가 PC5 unicast link 형성, U2N Relay UE#2와 U2N Relay UE#1이 PC5 unicast link 형성). 그리고, U2N Remote UE와 U2N Relay UE#1이 end-to-end PC5 unicast link를 형성할 수 있다. 이는 본 명세서 전반에 걸쳐 적용될 수 있다.Unlike the above examples, the PC5 unicast link may be formed between the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE in various ways. For example, the PC5 unicast link may be formed hop-by-hop (e.g., the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#3 form a PC5 unicast link, the U2N Relay UE#3 and the U2N Relay UE#2 form a PC5 unicast link, the U2N Relay UE#2 and the U2N Relay UE#1 form a PC5 unicast link). In addition, the U2N Remote UE and the U2N Relay UE#1 may form an end-to-end PC5 unicast link. This can be applied throughout the present specification.

Step 6: Path switching 절차를 마무리하기 위해, U2N Remote UE은 U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2 및 U2N Relay UE#1를 통해 기지국으로 RRCReconfigurationComplete 메시지를 전송할 수 있다.Step 6: To finalize the path switching procedure, the U2N Remote UE can send an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the base station through U2N Relay UE#3, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#1.

참고로, 단일 홉 간접 경로에서 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭이 수행되는 경우, 단계 7a 및 단계 7b이 수행될 수 있다.Note that steps 7a and 7b may be performed when switching from a single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path.

Step 7a: Single hop indirect path에서 3-hop indirect path로의 switching인 경우, 기지국은 U2N Relay UE#4가 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 이용하는 정보 (e.g., U2N Remote UE의 signaling 및/또는 data를 relaying하기 위한 Uu Relay RLC channel configuration과 PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration 등)를 release 하기 위해 RRC Reconfiguration 과정을 수행할 수 있다. Step 7a는 Step 4 이후 아무 때나 실행될 수 있다. 만약 U2N Relay UE#4가 포함된 3-hop indirect path로의 switching인 경우, Step 7a는 생략될 수도 있다.Step 7a: In case of switching from a single-hop indirect path to a 3-hop indirect path, the base station may perform an RRC Reconfiguration process to release information used by the U2N Relay UE#4 to serve the U2N Remote UE (e.g., Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, bearer mapping configuration, etc.). Step 7a may be executed at any time after Step 4. If the switching is to a 3-hop indirect path including the U2N Relay UE#4, Step 7a may be omitted.

Step 7b: U2N Relay UE#4 또는 U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#4와 U2N Remote UE 사이의 PC5 connection을 해제할 수 있다. 만약, 3-hop indirect path의 Target U2N Relay UE#3이 U2N Relay UE#4와 동일한 경우, Step 7b는 생략될 수도 있다.Step 7b: U2N Relay UE#4 or U2N Remote UE can release the PC5 connection between U2N Relay UE#4 and U2N Remote UE. If the Target U2N Relay UE#3 of the 3-hop indirect path is the same as U2N Relay UE#4, Step 7b may be omitted.

Step 8: U2N Remote UE는 U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, 그리고 U2N Relay UE#3을 통해 기지국과 연결될 수 있다. 따라서 U2N Remote UE는 UL/DL data를 U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, U2N Relay UE#3을 거쳐 기지국에게 전송하거나, 기지국으로부터 수신할 수 있다.Step 8: The U2N Remote UE can connect to the base station through U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3. Therefore, the U2N Remote UE can transmit UL/DL data to the base station or receive it from the base station through U2N Relay UE#1, U2N Relay UE#2, and U2N Relay UE#3.

3. 본 명세서의 개시의 제3예3. Third example of disclosure of this specification

본 명세서의 개시의 제3예에 따르면, 멀티-홉 간접 경로에서 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 경로 스위칭이 수행될 수 있다. According to a third example of the disclosure of the present specification, path switching from a multi-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path can be performed.

본 명세서의 개시의 제3예에서 설명하는 내용은 U2N Relay UE#3 (즉, 3-hop U2N Relay UE)에 대한 설명 또는 동작이 2-hop 또는 그 이상의 hop의 U2N Relay UE (즉, intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE)에도 적용될 수 있다. The description or operation of the third example of the disclosure of this specification for U2N Relay UE#3 (i.e., a 3-hop U2N Relay UE) may also be applied to a 2-hop or more hop U2N Relay UE (i.e., an intermediate UE-to-Network Relay UE).

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 11은 본 명세서의 개시의 제3예에 따른 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.Figure 11 shows an example of a procedure according to the third example of the disclosure of the present specification.

도 11은 멀티-홉 간접 경로에서 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 경로 스위칭에 관련된 절차의 예시이다.Figure 11 is an example of a procedure involved in route switching from a multi-hop indirect route to a multi-hop indirect route.

Step 0~1: 도 9a 및 도 9b의 step 0~1과 동일한 방식으로 수행될 수 있다. Step 0~1: Can be performed in the same manner as steps 0~1 of Figs. 9a and 9b.

Step 2: 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 경로 스위칭을 결정할 수 있다.Step 2: The base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) can decide to switch paths.

예를 들어, 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 Step 1에서 받은 measurement results에 기초하여, (NG-RAN#1에 연결될 수 있는) n개의 Target U2N Relay UE들을 통한 n-hop indirect path로 U2N Remote UE의 path를 switching시키기로 결정할 수 있다 (즉, intra-gNB path switching). Target U2N Relay UEs은 Multi-hop relay operation에 관여했던 U2N Relay UE#1 내지 U2N Relay UE#3일 수도 있고, 새로운 U2N Relay UE들일 수도 있다.For example, the base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of the U2N Remote UE to an n-hop indirect path via n Target U2N Relay UEs (that can be connected to NG-RAN#1) based on the measurement results received in Step 1 (i.e., intra-gNB path switching). The Target U2N Relay UEs may be U2N Relay UE#1 to U2N Relay UE#3 that were involved in the multi-hop relay operation, or may be new U2N Relay UEs.

다른 예를 들어, 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#1)은 주변에 위치한 다른 기지국 (예, NG-RAN#2)에 연결될 수 있는 n개의 Target U2N Relay들을 통한 n-hop indirect path로 U2N Remote UE의 path를 switching시키기로 결정할 수 있다(즉, inter-gNB path switching). 이 과정에서 Source NG-RAN (즉, NG-RAN#1)은 U2N Remote UE가 Target NG-RAN (즉, NG-RAN#2)에서 이용해야 하는 path type (즉, direct path, 또는 indirect path)를 결정하고, path type을 포함하는 HANDOVER REQUEST message를 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수도 있다. Indirect path로의 switching인 경우 Target NG-RAN이 Target U2N Relay를 선택하는 과정에서 single hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지, n-hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지를 결정할 수도 있다. 또는, Indirect path로의 switching인 경우 Source NG-RAN이 single hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지, n-hop indirect path를 이용할 것인지를 결정할 수도 있다. 이 과정에서 Source NG-RAN은 Step 1에서 받은 measurement results를 Target NG-RAN에게 전달할 수도 있다.For another example, a base station (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may decide to switch the path of a U2N Remote UE to an n-hop indirect path via n Target U2N Relays that may be connected to other base stations (e.g., NG-RAN#2) located nearby (i.e., inter-gNB path switching). During this process, the Source NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#1) may determine the path type (i.e., direct path or indirect path) that the U2N Remote UE should use to the Target NG-RAN (e.g., NG-RAN#2) and may transmit a HANDOVER REQUEST message including the path type to the Remote UE. In case of switching to an indirect path, the Target NG-RAN may also determine whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path during the process of selecting a Target U2N Relay. Alternatively, in the case of switching to an indirect path, the Source NG-RAN may decide whether to use a single-hop indirect path or an n-hop indirect path. During this process, the Source NG-RAN may also forward the measurement results received in Step 1 to the Target NG-RAN.

도 11의 예시는 Intra-gNB path switching의 경우를 가정하고 있으며, 3-hop indirect path에서 n-hop indirect path으로의 switching을 가정하고 있다. The example in Fig. 11 assumes the case of intra-gNB path switching, and assumes switching from a 3-hop indirect path to an n-hop indirect path.

Step 3: 기지국이 Step 2에서 n개의 Target U2N Relay UE들을 통한 n-hop indirect path로 indirect path switching을 결정할 수 있다. 이 경우, Target n-hop U2N Relay UE (예, 기지국과 직접 연결되는 U2N Relay UE. 또는 Last hop U2N Relay UE)가 RRC_CONNECTED 상태라면, 기지국이 n-hop U2N Relay UE가 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 필요한 정보를 RRC Reconfiguration 과정을 통해 Target n-hop U2N Relay UE에게 전송할 수 있다. 예를 들어, n-hop U2N Relay UE가 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 필요한 정보는 U2N Remote UE에 대한 local ID와 L2 ID, U2N Remote UE의 signaling 및/또는 data를 relaying하기 위한 Uu Relay RLC channel configuration과 PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration, bearer mapping configuration 등을 포함할 수 있다. Target n-hop U2N Relay UE가 RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE인 경우 단계 3은 Step 6에서 수행될 수 있다.Step 3: The base station may decide to indirect path switching to an n-hop indirect path through n Target U2N Relay UEs in Step 2. In this case, if the Target n-hop U2N Relay UE (e.g., a U2N Relay UE directly connected to the base station, or a Last hop U2N Relay UE) is in RRC_CONNECTED state, the base station may transmit information required for the n-hop U2N Relay UE to serve the U2N Remote UE to the Target n-hop U2N Relay UE through an RRC Reconfiguration process. For example, the information required for the n-hop U2N Relay UE to serve the U2N Remote UE may include the local ID and L2 ID for the U2N Remote UE, the Uu Relay RLC channel configuration and PC5 Relay RLC channel configuration for relaying signaling and/or data of the U2N Remote UE, the bearer mapping configuration, etc. If the target n-hop U2N Relay UE is RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE, step 3 can be performed in step 6.

U2N Remote UE에 대한 Local ID는 기지국이 새롭게 할당/설정할 수도 있고, 또는 3-hop relay operation을 설정/할당하는 과정 (예, Step 0 이전)에서 기지국이 할당/설정하였던 local ID를 재사용할 수도 있다. Target n-hop U2N Relay UE에 대한 local ID는 기지국이 할당/설정하여 Target n-hop U2N Relay UE에게 전달할 수도 있다. 또는, Step 5 과정에서 U2N Remote UE, Target U2N Relay UE들 중 하나가 Target n-hop U2N Relay UE에 대한 local ID를 할당/설정할 수도 있다.The local ID for the U2N Remote UE may be newly allocated/configured by the base station, or the local ID allocated/configured by the base station during the process of setting up/assigning the 3-hop relay operation (e.g., before Step 0) may be reused. The local ID for the target n-hop U2N Relay UE may be allocated/configured by the base station and then transmitted to the target n-hop U2N Relay UE. Alternatively, during Step 5, either the U2N Remote UE or the target U2N Relay UE may allocate/configure the local ID for the target n-hop U2N Relay UE.

Step 4: 도 9a 및 도 9b의 예시에 따른 step 4과 동일한 방식으로 수행될 수 있다. Step 4: It can be performed in the same manner as step 4 according to the examples of FIGS. 9a and 9b.

Step 5~6: 도 10a 및 도 10b의 예시에 따른 step 5~6과 동일한 방식으로 수행될 수 있다. Step 5~6: Can be performed in the same manner as steps 5~6 according to the examples of FIG. 10a and FIG. 10b.

Step 7~8: 도 9a 및 도 9b의 예시에 따른 step 7~8과 동일한 방식으로 수행될 수 있다.Step 7~8: Can be performed in the same manner as steps 7~8 according to the examples of FIGS. 9a and 9b.

Step 9: U2N Remote UE는 Target U2N Relay UE들을 통해 기지국과 연결된다. 따라서 U2N Remote UE는 UL/DL data를 Target U2N Relay UE들을 거쳐 기지국에 전송하거나, 기지국으로부터 수신할 수 있다. Step 9: The U2N Remote UE connects to the base station via the Target U2N Relay UEs. Therefore, the U2N Remote UE can transmit UL/DL data to the base station or receive it from the base station via the Target U2N Relay UEs.

본 명세서의 개시의 제1예 내지 제3예에서 설명한 것과 달리, Remote UE로부터의 hop 수를 고려하여 릴레이 UE의 명칭이 정해질 수도 있다. 예를 들어, U2N Relay UE#3가 1-hop U2N Relay UE (or the first U2N Relay UE or #1 U2N Relay UE or hop#1 U2N Relay UE)로 지칭될 수 있다. U2N Relay UE#2가 2-hop U2N Relay UE (or the second U2N Relay UE or #2 U2N Relay UE or hop#2 U2N Relay UE)로 지칭될 수도 있다. U2N Relay UE #1가 3-hop U2N Relay UE (or the third U2N Relay UE or #3 U2N Relay UE or hop# U2N Relay UE or last hop U2N Relay UE)로 지칭될 수도 있다.Unlike what was described in the first to third examples of the disclosure of the present specification, the name of the relay UE may be determined by considering the number of hops from the Remote UE. For example, U2N Relay UE#3 may be referred to as a 1-hop U2N Relay UE (or the first U2N Relay UE or #1 U2N Relay UE or hop#1 U2N Relay UE). U2N Relay UE#2 may be referred to as a 2-hop U2N Relay UE (or the second U2N Relay UE or #2 U2N Relay UE or hop#2 U2N Relay UE). U2N Relay UE#1 may be referred to as a 3-hop U2N Relay UE (or the third U2N Relay UE or #3 U2N Relay UE or hop# U2N Relay UE or last hop U2N Relay UE).

이하의 도면은 본 명세서의 구체적인 일례를 설명하기 위해 작성되었다. 도면에 기재된 구체적인 장치의 명칭이나 구체적인 신호/메시지/필드의 명칭은 예시적으로 제시된 것이므로, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징이 이하의 도면에 사용된 구체적인 명칭에 제한되지 않는다.The following drawings are intended to illustrate specific examples of the present specification. The names of specific devices and the names of specific signals, messages, and fields depicted in the drawings are provided for illustrative purposes only, and the technical features of this specification are not limited to the specific names used in the drawings.

도 12는 본 명세서의 개시의 일 실시예에 따를 절차의 일 예를 나타낸다.FIG. 12 illustrates an example of a procedure according to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification.

참고로, 도 12에 도시된 절차는 예시에 불과하며, 본 명세서의 개시의 범위는 도 12의 예시에 의해 제한되지 않는다.For reference, the procedure illustrated in FIG. 12 is merely an example, and the scope of the disclosure of this specification is not limited by the example in FIG. 12.

예를 들어, 도 12의 예시에 대해, 도 1 내지 도 11의 예시에서 설명된 동작도 적용될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 도 12의 예시에서 직접 설명되지 않은 동작, 내용 등이더라도, 본 명세서의 개시의 다양한 예시에서 설명된 동작, 내용 등이 적용될 수 있다. For example, with respect to the example of FIG. 12, the operations described in the examples of FIGS. 1 to 11 may also be applied. For example, even if operations, contents, etc. are not directly described in the example of FIG. 12, operations, contents, etc. described in various examples of the disclosure of this specification may be applied.

참고로, 도 12의 예시에는 릴레이 UE 중에서, 제1 릴레이 UE만 도시되어 있으나, 이는 예시에 불과하다. 리모트 UE는 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 UE를 거쳐 기지국에 연결될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 제1 릴레이 UE, 제2 릴레이 UE, 제3 릴레이 UE를 거쳐 기지국에 연결될 수 있다. For reference, the example of FIG. 12 illustrates only the first relay UE among the relay UEs, but this is merely an example. A remote UE may connect to the base station via multiple UEs, including the first relay UE. For example, a remote UE may connect to the base station via the first relay UE, the second relay UE, and the third relay UE.

이하의 예시에서, 리모트 UE가 멀티-홉 간접 경로에 기초하여 기지국에 연결될 수도 있다. 이 경우, 리모트 UE와 기지국 간의 통신은 제1 릴레이를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐 수행될 수 있다. In the example below, a remote UE may be connected to a base station based on a multi-hop indirect path. In this case, communication between the remote UE and the base station may be performed via multiple relay UEs, including a first relay.

단계(S1201)에서, 리모트 UE는 RRC 셋업 요청 메시지를 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐 기지국에 전송할 수 있다. In step (S1201), the remote UE can transmit an RRC setup request message to the base station via the first relay UE.

단계(S1202)에서, 기지국은 RRC 셋업 메시지를 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수 있다. In step (S1202), the base station can transmit an RRC setup message to the remote UE via the first relay UE.

단계(S1203)에서, 기지국은 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 측정 설정을 리모트 UE에게 전송할 수 있다.In step (S1203), the base station can transmit the measurement settings to the remote UE via the first relay UE.

예를 들어, 측정 설정은 UE간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보를 포함할 수 있다. For example, the measurement settings may include measurement settings information related to inter-UE communication.

예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 상기 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보에 기초하여, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE와 리모트 UE 사이의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행할 수 있다.For example, the remote UE may perform measurements on the UE-to-UE connection between the first relay UE and the remote UE based on measurement configuration information related to the UE-to-UE communication.

예를 들어, 기지국으로부터 수신한 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보는 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 포함할 수도 있다.For example, measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication received from a base station may include measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE.

다른 예를 들어, 리모트 UE는, 기지국으로부터 수신한 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보에 기초하여, 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 결정할 수 있다.As another example, the remote UE may determine measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs, including the first relay UE, based on measurement configuration information related to inter-UE communication received from the base station.

단계(S1204)에서, 리모트 UE는 측정 설정을 제1 릴레이 UE에게 전송할 수 있다.In step (S1204), the remote UE may transmit the measurement settings to the first relay UE.

예를 들어, 단계(S1204)에서 전송하는 측정 설정은, 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE가 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 포함할 수 있다. For example, the measurement settings transmitted in step (S1204) may include measurement setting information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE.

예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 측정 설정을 포함하는 RRC 재설정 사이드링크 메시지(예, RRCReconfigurationSidelink 메시지)를 제1 릴레이 UE에게 전송할 수 있다. For example, the remote UE may send an RRC reconfiguration sidelink message (e.g., an RRCReconfigurationSidelink message) containing the measurement settings to the first relay UE.

예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 제1 릴레이 UE로부터, 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각이 하나 이상의 인접한 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행한 측정 결과를 수신할 수 있다.For example, a remote UE may receive, from a first relay UE, measurement results obtained by each of the plurality of relay UEs for measurements on UE-to-UE connections with one or more adjacent relay UEs.

예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각이 하나 이상의 인접한 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행한 측정 결과 및 제1 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정 결과를 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 기지국에게 전송할 수도 있다.For example, a remote UE may transmit measurement results obtained by each of a plurality of relay UEs for a connection between UEs with one or more adjacent relay UEs and measurement results for a connection between UEs with a first relay UE to the base station via the first relay UE.

예를 들어, 기지국은 리모트 UE로부터 수신한 측정 결과에 기초하여, 리모트 UE의 경로 스위칭을 결정할 수도 있다.For example, the base station may determine path switching of the remote UE based on measurement results received from the remote UE.

예를 들어, 기지국은 리모트 UE의 측정 결과 및 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각의 측정 결과에 기초하여, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE의 경로를, 직접 경로, 멀티 홉 간접 경로, 또는 싱글 홉 간접 경로로 스위칭할지 여부를 결정할 수 있다.For example, the base station can determine whether to switch the path of the first relay UE to a direct path, a multi-hop indirect path, or a single-hop indirect path based on the measurement results of the remote UE and the measurement results of each of the plurality of relay UEs.

예를 들어, 싱글 홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭하는 것이 결정된 경우, 기지국은 싱글 홉 간접 경로의 타겟 릴레이 UE가 상기 리모트 UE를 서빙하는 데 필요한 정보를 상기 타겟 릴레이 UE에게 전송할 수 있다.For example, if it is decided to switch to a single-hop indirect path, the base station can transmit to the target relay UE of the single-hop indirect path information necessary for the target relay UE to serve the remote UE.

예를 들어, 리모트 UE는 직접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정, 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정 또는 단일-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정을 포함하는 RRC 재설정 메시지를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국으로부터 수신할 수 있다.For example, the remote UE may receive an RRC reset message from the base station via the first relay UE, the RRC reset message including a path switch configuration related to switching to a direct path, a path switch configuration related to switching to a multi-hop indirect path, or a path switch configuration related to switching to a single-hop indirect path.

본 명세서의 개시의 일 실시예에 따르면, 기지국은 path switching 과정에서 Multi-hop indirect path를 생성/형성하는데 필요한 정보를 할당/설정하고, multi-hop U2N relaying에 참여하는 노드들(예, 리모트 UE, 릴레이 UE 등)에게 전송할 수 있다.According to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification, a base station can allocate/set information necessary to create/form a multi-hop indirect path during a path switching process and transmit it to nodes participating in multi-hop U2N relaying (e.g., remote UE, relay UE, etc.).

본 명세서의 개시의 일 실시예에 따르면, U2N Remote UE는 Measurement 과정에서 Multi-hop indirect path에 관련된 각각의 PC5 link에 대한 link quality 정보에 관련된 측정 결과를 기지국에게 알릴 수 있다. 측정 결과에 기초하여, 기지국은 U2N Remote UE를 serving하는데 필요한 path type (즉, direct path, single hop indirect path, 또는 multi-hop indirect path)을 결정할 수 있다.According to one embodiment of the disclosure of the present specification, a U2N Remote UE can report measurement results related to link quality information for each PC5 link involved in a multi-hop indirect path to a base station during a measurement process. Based on the measurement results, the base station can determine the path type (i.e., direct path, single-hop indirect path, or multi-hop indirect path) required to serve the U2N Remote UE.

본 명세서는 다양한 효과를 가질 수 있다.This specification may have various effects.

예를 들어, U2N 릴레이가 효과적으로 지원될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 멀티-홉 릴레이 상황에서 릴레이 통신을 효과적으로 지원될 수 있다.For example, U2N relay can be effectively supported. For example, relay communication can be effectively supported in a multi-hop relay situation.

예를 들어, Direct path 또는 Single hop indirect path에서 Multi-hop indirect path로의 path switching, 또는 Multi-hop indirect path에서 Direct path 또는 Single hop indirect path로의 path switching이 효율적으로 지원될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 경로 스위칭을 지원하기 위해, 각각의 PC5 link에 관련된 measurement results가 기지국으로 제공/보고될 수 있다. 이에 따라, U2N Remote UE의 signaling 및/또는 data가 direct path, single hop indirect path, 또는 multi-hop indirect path를 통해 효율적으로 네트워크로 전달되거나, 또는 네트워크로부터 U2N Remote UE로 전달될 수 있다.For example, path switching from a direct path or a single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path, or from a multi-hop indirect path to a direct path or a single-hop indirect path, can be efficiently supported. For example, to support path switching, measurement results related to each PC5 link can be provided/reported to the base station. Accordingly, signaling and/or data of a U2N Remote UE can be efficiently delivered to the network through a direct path, a single-hop indirect path, or a multi-hop indirect path, or can be delivered from the network to the U2N Remote UE.

예를 들어, Direct path 또는 Single hop indirect path에서 Multi-hop indirect path로의 path switching 과정에서, 기지국은 Multi-hop indirect path를 생성/형성하는데 필요한 정보를 U2N Remote UE에게 미리 제공할 수 있다. 이에 따라, U2N Remote UE는 UL/DL data를 신속하게 기지국에게 전송하거나, 기지국으로부터 수신할 수 있다.For example, during a path switching process from a direct path or single-hop indirect path to a multi-hop indirect path, the base station can provide the U2N Remote UE with the information necessary to create/form a multi-hop indirect path in advance. Accordingly, the U2N Remote UE can quickly transmit UL/DL data to or receive UL/DL data from the base station.

본 명세서의 구체적인 예시를 통해 얻을 수 있는 효과는 이상에서 나열된 효과로 제한되지 않는다. 예를 들어, 관련된 기술 분야의 통상의 지식을 가진 자(a person having ordinary skill in the related art)가 본 명세서로부터 이해하거나 유도할 수 있는 다양한 기술적 효과가 존재할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 본 명세서의 구체적인 효과는 본 명세서에 명시적으로 기재된 것에 제한되지 않고, 본 명세서의 기술적 특징으로부터 이해되거나 유도될 수 있는 다양한 효과를 포함할 수 있다. The effects that can be achieved through the specific examples of this specification are not limited to the effects listed above. For example, a person with ordinary skill in the relevant technical field may understand or derive various technical effects from this specification. Accordingly, the specific effects of this specification are not limited to those explicitly described herein, but may include various effects that can be understood or derived from the technical features of this specification.

참고로, 본 명세서에서 설명한 단말(예: UE, 리모트 UE, 릴레이 UE 등)의 동작은 앞서 설명한 도 1 내지 도 3의 장치에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 단말(예: UE, 리모트 UE, 릴레이 UE 등)은 도 2의 제1 장치(100) 또는 제2 장치(200)일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 본 명세서에서 설명한 단말(예: UE, 리모트 UE, 릴레이 UE 등)의 동작은 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)에 의해 처리될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 설명한 단말의 동작은 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)에 의해 실행가능한 명령어/프로그램(e.g. instruction, executable code)의 형태로 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204)에 저장될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)는 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204) 및 하나 이상의 송수신기(105 또는 206)을 제어하고, 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204)에 저장된 명령어/프로그램을 실행하여 본 명세서의 개시에서 설명한 단말(예: UE)의 동작을 수행할 수 있다.For reference, the operation of the terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) described in this specification can be implemented by the devices of FIGS. 1 to 3 described above. For example, the terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) can be the first device (100) or the second device (200) of FIG. 2. For example, the operation of the terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) described in this specification can be processed by one or more processors (102 or 202). The operation of the terminal described in this specification can be stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) in the form of instructions/programs (e.g., instructions, executable codes) executable by one or more processors (102 or 202). One or more processors (102 or 202) may control one or more memories (104 or 204) and one or more transceivers (105 or 206), and execute instructions/programs stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) to perform operations of a terminal (e.g., UE) described in the disclosure of this specification.

또한, 본 명세서의 개시에서 설명한 단말(예: UE, 리모트 UE, 릴레이 UE, U2N 리모트 UE, U2N 릴레이 UE 등)의 동작을 수행하기 위한 명령어들은 기록하고 있는 비휘발성 컴퓨터 판독가능 저장 매체에 저장될 수도 있다. 상기 저장 매체는 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204)에 포함될 수 있다. 그리고, 저장 매체에 기록된 명령어들은 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)에 의해 실행됨으로써 본 명세서의 개시에서 설명한 단말(예: UE, 리모트 UE, 릴레이 UE 등)의 동작을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, commands for performing operations of a terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, U2N remote UE, U2N relay UE, etc.) described in the disclosure of this specification may be stored in a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium recording the commands. The storage medium may be included in one or more memories (104 or 204). In addition, commands recorded in the storage medium may be executed by one or more processors (102 or 202) to perform operations of a terminal (e.g., UE, remote UE, relay UE, etc.) described in the disclosure of this specification.

참고로, 본 명세서에서 설명한 네트워크 노드(예: AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, NEF, UDM, DN, 등) 또는 기지국(예: NG-RAN, gNB, gNB-DU, gNB-CU, DU, CU, CU-UP, CU-CP 등)의 동작은 이하 설명될 도 1 내지 도 3의 장치에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 네트워크 노드 또는 기지국은 도 2의 제1 장치(100) 또는 제2 장치(200)일 수 있다. 예를 들어, 본 명세서에서 설명한 네트워크 노드 또는 기지국의 동작은 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)에 의해 처리될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 설명한 단말의 동작은 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)에 의해 실행가능한 명령어/프로그램(e.g. instruction, executable code)의 형태로 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204)에 저장될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)는 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204) 및 하나 이상의 송수신기(106 또는 206)을 제어하고, 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204)에 저장된 명령어/프로그램을 실행하여 본 명세서의 개시에서 설명한 네트워크 노드 또는 기지국의 동작을 수행할 수 있다.For reference, the operations of a network node (e.g., AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, NEF, UDM, DN, etc.) or a base station (e.g., NG-RAN, gNB, gNB-DU, gNB-CU, DU, CU, CU-UP, CU-CP, etc.) described in this specification may be implemented by the devices of FIGS. 1 to 3 described below. For example, the network node or the base station may be the first device (100) or the second device (200) of FIG. 2. For example, the operations of the network node or the base station described in this specification may be processed by one or more processors (102 or 202). The operations of the terminal described in this specification may be stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) in the form of instructions/programs (e.g., instructions, executable codes) executable by one or more processors (102 or 202). One or more processors (102 or 202) may control one or more memories (104 or 204) and one or more transceivers (106 or 206), and execute instructions/programs stored in one or more memories (104 or 204) to perform operations of a network node or base station as described in the disclosure of this specification.

또한, 본 명세서의 개시에서 설명한 네트워크 노드 또는 기지국의 동작을 수행하기 위한 명령어들은 기록하고 있는 비휘발성(또는 비일시적) 컴퓨터 판독가능 저장 매체에 저장될 수도 있다. 상기 저장 매체는 하나 이상의 메모리(104 또는 204)에 포함될 수 있다. 그리고, 저장 매체에 기록된 명령어들은 하나 이상의 프로세서(102 또는 202)에 의해 실행됨으로써 본 명세서의 개시에서 설명한 네트워크 노드 또는 기지국의 동작을 수행할 수 있다.Additionally, the instructions for performing the operations of the network node or base station described in the disclosure of this specification may be stored in a non-volatile (or non-transitory) computer-readable storage medium having the instructions recorded thereon. The storage medium may be included in one or more memories (104 or 204). In addition, the instructions recorded in the storage medium may be executed by one or more processors (102 or 202) to perform the operations of the network node or base station described in the disclosure of this specification.

이상에서는 바람직한 실시예를 예시적으로 설명하였으나, 본 명세서의 개시는 이와 같은 특정 실시예에만 한정되는 것은 아니므로, 본 명세서의 사상 및 특허청구범위에 기재된 범주 내에서 다양한 형태로 수정, 변경, 또는 개선될 수 있다.Although the preferred embodiments have been described above by way of example, the disclosure of this specification is not limited to such specific embodiments, and may be modified, changed, or improved in various forms within the scope described in the spirit and claims of this specification.

상술한 예시적인 시스템에서, 방법들은 일련의 단계 또는 블록으로써 순서도를 기초로 설명되고 있지만, 설명되는 단계들의 순서에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 어떤 단계는 상술한 바와 다른 단계와 다른 순서로 또는 동시에 발생할 수 있다. 또한, 당업자라면 순서도에 나타낸 단계들이 배타적이지 않고, 다른 단계가 포함되거나 순서도의 하나 또는 그 이상의 단계가 권리범위에 영향을 미치지 않고 삭제될 수 있음을 이해할 수 있을 것이다.In the exemplary system described above, the methods are described based on a flowchart as a series of steps or blocks. However, the order of the steps described is not limited, and some steps may occur in a different order or simultaneously with other steps described above. Furthermore, those skilled in the art will understand that the steps depicted in the flowchart are not exclusive, and other steps may be included, or one or more steps in the flowchart may be deleted without affecting the scope of the invention.

본 명세서에 기재된 청구항은 다양한 방식으로 조합될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 본 명세서의 방법 청구항의 기술적 특징이 조합되어 장치로 구현될 수 있고, 본 명세서의 장치 청구항의 기술적 특징이 조합되어 방법으로 구현될 수 있다. 또한, 본 명세서의 방법 청구항의 기술적 특징과 장치 청구항의 기술적 특징이 조합되어 장치로 구현될 수 있고, 본 명세서의 방법 청구항의 기술적 특징과 장치 청구항의 기술적 특징이 조합되어 방법으로 구현될 수 있다. 다른 구현은 다음과 같은 청구 범위 내에 있다.The claims set forth in this specification may be combined in various ways. For example, the technical features of the method claims of this specification may be combined to implement a device, and the technical features of the device claims of this specification may be combined to implement a method. Furthermore, the technical features of the method claims and the technical features of the device claims of this specification may be combined to implement a device, and the technical features of the method claims and the technical features of the device claims of this specification may be combined to implement a method. Other implementations are within the scope of the claims.

Claims (15)

제1 릴레이 User Equipment (UE)를 거쳐, 기지국에게 RRC 셋업 요청 메시지를 전송하는 단계;A step of transmitting an RRC setup request message to a base station via a first relay User Equipment (UE); 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국으로부터 RRC 셋업 메시지를 수신하는 단계;A step of receiving an RRC setup message from the base station via the first relay UE; UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국으로부터 수신하는 단계; 및A step of receiving measurement setting information related to communication between UEs from the base station via the first relay UE; and 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE에게 전송하는 단계를 포함하는, 방법.A method comprising the step of transmitting measurement setting information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE to the first relay UE. 제1항에 있어서,In the first paragraph, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE로부터, 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각이 하나 이상의 인접한 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행한 측정 결과를 수신하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising the step of receiving, from the first relay UE, a measurement result obtained by performing a measurement on a connection between UEs of each of the plurality of relay UEs and one or more adjacent relay UEs. 제1항 또는 제2항에 있어서,In claim 1 or 2, 상기 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보에 기초하여, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising a step of performing measurement on a connection between the UEs with the first relay UE based on measurement setting information related to the communication between the UEs. 제1항 내지 제3항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,In any one of the first to third paragraphs, 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각이 하나 이상의 인접한 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행한 측정 결과 및 상기 제1 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정 결과를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국에게 전송하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising a step of transmitting, to the base station via the first relay UE, measurement results obtained by each of the plurality of relay UEs for a connection between UEs with one or more adjacent relay UEs and measurement results for a connection between UEs with the first relay UE. 제1항 내지 제4항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,In any one of the first to fourth paragraphs, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보는 상기 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보에 포함되거나, 또는Measurement setting information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE is included in the measurement setting information related to communication between the UEs, or 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 상기 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보에 기초하여 결정하는, 방법.A method for determining measurement configuration information for each of a plurality of relay UEs including the first relay UE based on measurement configuration information related to communication between the UEs. 제1항 내지 제5항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,In any one of the first to fifth paragraphs, 직접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정, 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정 또는 단일-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정을 포함하는 RRC 재설정 메시지를 상기 제1 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 기지국으로부터 수신하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising the step of receiving, from the base station via the first relay UE, an RRC reset message including a path switch setting related to switching to a direct path, a path switch setting related to switching to a multi-hop indirect path, or a path switch setting related to switching to a single-hop indirect path. 하나 이상의 송수신기;One or more transmitters and receivers; 하나 이상의 프로세서; 및one or more processors; and 명령어(instructions)를 저장하고 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서와 동작 가능하도록 연결될 수 있는 하나 이상의 메모리를 포함하며,comprising one or more memories capable of storing instructions and being operable to the one or more processors; 상기 명령어가 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서에 의해서 실행되는 것에 기초하여 수행하는 동작은 제1항 내지 제6항 중 어느 하나의 항에 따른 방법인 장치.A device wherein the operation performed based on the above command being executed by the one or more processors is a method according to any one of claims 1 to 6. 하나 이상의 프로세서; 및one or more processors; and 명령어(instructions)를 저장하고 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서와 동작 가능하도록 연결될 수 있는 하나 이상의 메모리를 포함하며,comprising one or more memories capable of storing instructions and being operable to the one or more processors; 상기 명령어가 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서에 의해서 실행되는 것에 기초하여 수행하는 동작은 제1항 내지 제7항 중 어느 하나의 항에 따른 방법인 장치.A device wherein the operation performed based on the command being executed by the one or more processors is a method according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 명령어들을 기록하고 있는 비일시적(non-transitory) 컴퓨터 판독가능 저장 매체(computer readable medium)로서,A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium that records commands, 상기 명령어들은, 하나 이상의 프로세서들에 의해 실행될 때, 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서들로 하여금 제1항 내지 제7항 중 어느 하나의 항에 따른 방법을 수행하도록 하는 CRM.A CRM wherein the above instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform a method according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 제1 릴레이 UE를 포함하는 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 리모트 UE로부터 RRC 셋업 요청 메시지를 수신하는 단계;A step of receiving an RRC setup request message from a remote UE via a plurality of relay UEs including a first relay UE; 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 리모트 UE에게 RRC 셋업 메시지를 전송하는 단계;A step of transmitting an RRC setup message to the remote UE through the plurality of relay UEs; UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보를 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 리모트 UE에게 전송하는 단계; 및A step of transmitting measurement setting information related to communication between UEs to the remote UE through the plurality of relay UEs; and 상기 리모트 UE의 측정 결과 및 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각의 측정 결과에 기초하여, 상기 제1 릴레이 UE의 경로를, 직접 경로, 멀티 홉 간접 경로, 또는 싱글 홉 간접 경로로 스위칭할지 여부를 결정하는 단계를 포함하는 방법.A method comprising a step of determining whether to switch the path of the first relay UE to a direct path, a multi-hop indirect path, or a single-hop indirect path based on the measurement results of the remote UE and the measurement results of each of the plurality of relay UEs. 제10항에 있어서,In Article 10, 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각이 하나 이상의 인접한 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정을 수행한 측정 결과 및 상기 제1 릴레이 UE와의 UE 간 연결에 대한 측정 결과를 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 리모트 UE로부터 수신하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising a step of receiving, from the remote UE via the plurality of relay UEs, measurement results obtained by each of the plurality of relay UEs for a connection between UEs with one or more adjacent relay UEs and measurement results for a connection between UEs with the first relay UE. 제10항 또는 제11항에 있어서,In claim 10 or 11, 상기 UE 간 통신에 관련된 측정 설정 정보는 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE 각각을 위한 측정 설정 정보를 포함하는, 방법.A method wherein the measurement configuration information related to the communication between the UEs includes measurement configuration information for each of the plurality of relay UEs. 제10항 내지 제12항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,In any one of the 10th to 12th clauses, 상기 싱글 홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭하는 것이 결정된 경우, 상기 싱글 홉 간접 경로의 타겟 릴레이 UE가 상기 리모트 UE를 서빙하는 데 필요한 정보를 상기 타겟 릴레이 UE에게 전송하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising the step of transmitting, to the target relay UE of the single-hop indirect path, information necessary for the target relay UE to serve the remote UE, if switching to the single-hop indirect path is determined. 제10항 내지 제13항 중 어느 한 항에 있어서,In any one of Articles 10 to 13, 상기 직접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정, 상기 멀티-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정 또는 상기 단일-홉 간접 경로로의 스위칭에 관련된 경로 스위치 설정을 포함하는 RRC 재설정 메시지를 상기 복수의 릴레이 UE를 거쳐, 상기 리모트 UE에게 전송하는 단계를 더 포함하는, 방법.A method further comprising the step of transmitting an RRC reset message to the remote UE via the plurality of relay UEs, the RRC reset message including a path switch setting related to switching to the direct path, a path switch setting related to switching to the multi-hop indirect path, or a path switch setting related to switching to the single-hop indirect path. 하나 이상의 송수신기;One or more transmitters and receivers; 하나 이상의 프로세서; 및one or more processors; and 명령어(instructions)를 저장하고 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서와 동작 가능하도록 연결될 수 있는 하나 이상의 메모리를 포함하며,comprising one or more memories capable of storing instructions and being operable to the one or more processors; 상기 명령어가 상기 하나 이상의 프로세서에 의해서 실행되는 것에 기초하여 수행하는 동작은 제10항 또는 제14항 중 어느 하나의 항에 따른 방법인 장치.A device wherein the operation performed based on the above command being executed by the one or more processors is a method according to any one of claims 10 or 14.
PCT/KR2025/099255 2024-02-14 2025-02-04 Relay communication support Pending WO2025174174A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202463553145P 2024-02-14 2024-02-14
US63/553,145 2024-02-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025174174A1 true WO2025174174A1 (en) 2025-08-21

Family

ID=96773275

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2025/099255 Pending WO2025174174A1 (en) 2024-02-14 2025-02-04 Relay communication support

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025174174A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20170099877A (en) * 2014-12-29 2017-09-01 인텔 아이피 코포레이션 Network-initiated discovery and path selection procedures for multi-hop underlay networks
KR20180003546A (en) * 2015-04-08 2018-01-09 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 Mobile relay implementation for device-to-device (D2D) communication
KR20180125455A (en) * 2016-03-30 2018-11-23 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Data transmission method, base station and terminal device
WO2022256958A1 (en) * 2021-06-07 2022-12-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Dual connectivity mobility management with l2 ue-to-network relay
WO2023014157A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for operating remote ue related to path switching and measurement reporting in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20170099877A (en) * 2014-12-29 2017-09-01 인텔 아이피 코포레이션 Network-initiated discovery and path selection procedures for multi-hop underlay networks
KR20180003546A (en) * 2015-04-08 2018-01-09 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 Mobile relay implementation for device-to-device (D2D) communication
KR20180125455A (en) * 2016-03-30 2018-11-23 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Data transmission method, base station and terminal device
WO2022256958A1 (en) * 2021-06-07 2022-12-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Dual connectivity mobility management with l2 ue-to-network relay
WO2023014157A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for operating remote ue related to path switching and measurement reporting in wireless communication system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021091115A1 (en) Path-switching between pc5 link and uu link
WO2020218807A1 (en) Pmf support scheme for ma pdu session
WO2021040463A1 (en) Communication related to 3gpp ps data off
WO2021066346A1 (en) Method for moving pdu session on non-3gpp to 3gpp access
WO2021125691A1 (en) Communication path switching
WO2021162275A1 (en) Communication related to network slice
WO2021251559A1 (en) Method for causing smf to effectively perform redundant transmission by improving function of nwdaf
WO2021034142A1 (en) Operation method of relay ue for remote ue
WO2021177528A1 (en) Scheme for selecting smf node
WO2023182728A1 (en) Network registration method for traffic transmission and device supporting same
WO2022005207A1 (en) Communication method by means of multicast
WO2024029813A1 (en) Multi-path management method
WO2024005396A1 (en) Communication related to upf event reporting
WO2025174174A1 (en) Relay communication support
WO2021020913A1 (en) Operating method for user equipment supporting multiple usim
WO2025071197A1 (en) Multi-path-based communication
WO2021091163A1 (en) Group communication
WO2025147039A1 (en) Relay communication
WO2021034074A1 (en) Method for managing rrc state of remote ue
WO2025174216A1 (en) Method and apparatus for improvements in and relating to multi-hop user equipment-to-network relay communication
WO2024237587A1 (en) Path switching
WO2025206791A1 (en) Communication based on multi-access session
WO2024025276A1 (en) Communication related to redundant pdu session
WO2025033836A1 (en) Communication related to af request
WO2025063616A1 (en) Communication related to mobile base station

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25755171

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1